Fix local_cons etc. to not exhaust the stack when in a loop.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobdc01f2e76d7f0c271de6976f9cbf1721591e7046
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21476 41895
69 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21476 41895
100 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21278 229
242 ;;;;;; 682967 799000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21417 20521 870414 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21350
841 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21277 37159 898165
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
982 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21259 10807 217062
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21476 41895 55661
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1249 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 62246
1456 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21342
1484 ;;;;;; 10917 902592 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1558 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21425
1608 ;;;;;; 43779 760127 645000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21315 5521 187938
1660 ;;;;;; 0))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21379 5287 607434 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1787 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838 ;;;***
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1841 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875 ;;;***
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21414 44327
1878 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1917 Special information:
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967 ;;;***
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1978 ;;;***
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1981 ;;;;;; 0))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003 ;;;***
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2006 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013 What is blackbox?
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2022 Overview of play:
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044 Details:
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2050 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2055 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2058 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2059 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2079 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123 ;;;***
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21397 35239 170099
2126 ;;;;;; 0))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2297 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2298 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2299 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2300 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2304 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2309 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311 \(fn)" t nil)
2313 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317 ;;;***
2319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21364 37926
2320 ;;;;;; 837230 0))
2321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2324 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2325 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2326 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2329 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2330 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2331 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2332 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2338 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2339 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2340 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2341 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2347 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2348 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 narrowed.
2351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2354 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356 \(fn)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2368 first, if that exists.
2370 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2374 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2375 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2380 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2381 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2382 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2383 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2384 to use.
2386 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2389 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2390 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2391 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2398 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2406 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2407 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2417 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2421 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2422 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2425 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2426 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2429 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2436 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2437 Firefox.
2439 When called interactively, if variable
2440 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2441 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2442 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2443 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2446 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2447 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2450 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2453 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2454 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2455 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2456 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2457 URL in a new window.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2464 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2465 Chromium.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2472 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2476 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2477 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2480 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2481 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2484 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2496 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2499 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2500 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2501 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2504 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2531 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2532 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2536 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2537 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2545 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2546 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2549 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2550 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2553 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2559 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2560 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2569 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2575 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2576 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2577 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2580 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2581 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2582 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2585 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2590 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2591 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2592 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2593 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2594 current one.
2596 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2597 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2598 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2602 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2609 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2610 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2611 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2623 Default to the URL around the point.
2625 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2626 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2629 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633 ;;;***
2635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2637 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2640 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2647 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2648 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2649 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651 \(fn)" t nil)
2653 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2654 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656 \(fn)" t nil)
2658 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2659 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2660 \\<bs-mode-map>
2661 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2662 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2663 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2664 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2667 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2668 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2669 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2670 name of buffer configuration.
2672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674 ;;;***
2676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21410 47268 609529
2677 ;;;;;; 0))
2678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2681 Play Bubbles game.
2682 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2683 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2684 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2685 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2686 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2687 columns on its right towards the left.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694 \(fn)" t nil)
2696 ;;;***
2698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2699 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2707 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2708 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2713 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717 ;;;***
2719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21334
2720 ;;;;;; 16805 699731 0))
2721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2731 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2738 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2739 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2740 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2741 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2742 else the global value will be modified.
2744 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2747 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2748 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2753 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2754 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2755 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2758 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2759 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2760 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2761 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2762 before scanning it.
2764 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2765 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2768 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2772 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2773 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2774 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2775 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2780 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2781 Print the result in the echo area.
2782 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2787 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2788 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2793 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2794 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2795 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2796 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2797 all functions called by those functions.
2799 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2800 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2801 cons, etc.).
2803 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2804 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2805 invoked interactively.
2807 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2810 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2811 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2812 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2818 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2819 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2821 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2822 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2823 already up-to-date.
2825 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2828 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2829 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2830 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2833 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2834 and corresponding effects.
2836 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838 ;;;***
2840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21350
2841 ;;;;;; 5031 352444 0))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 ;;;***
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2851 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 ;;;***
2862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2863 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2867 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2868 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2869 from the cursor position.
2871 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2875 ;;;***
2877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21377 49959 896066 0))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2879 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2881 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2882 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2886 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2887 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2889 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2891 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2892 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2894 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2896 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2897 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2899 \(fn)" t nil)
2901 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2902 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2903 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2904 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 This is most useful in the X window system.
2911 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2912 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2917 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2918 See calc-keypad for details.
2920 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2923 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2928 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2933 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2938 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2939 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2944 Define Calc function.
2946 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2947 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2948 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2951 actual Lisp function name.
2953 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959 ;;;***
2961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2962 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2963 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2968 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970 ;;;***
2972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21417 20521 870414
2973 ;;;;;; 0))
2974 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2977 Run the Emacs calculator.
2978 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980 \(fn)" t nil)
2982 ;;;***
2984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21493 50983
2985 ;;;;;; 112694 0))
2986 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2989 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2990 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2991 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2992 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2993 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2996 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2997 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2998 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2999 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3000 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3001 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3002 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3003 window.
3005 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3006 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3009 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3010 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3011 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3012 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3013 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015 Runs the following hooks:
3017 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3018 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3019 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3020 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026 ;;;***
3028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3029 ;;;;;; 0))
3030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3033 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3038 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3039 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3040 it fails.
3042 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044 ;;;***
3046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3047 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3049 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3051 ;;;***
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21499
3054 ;;;;;; 3372 630891 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3057 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3058 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3060 \(fn)" nil nil)
3062 ;;;***
3064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21419 62246
3065 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
3066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3068 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3069 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3071 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3072 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3074 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3075 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3077 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3079 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3080 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3081 made from scratch.
3083 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3085 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3086 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3088 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3089 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3090 made from scratch.
3092 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3095 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3097 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3099 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3100 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3101 made from scratch.
3103 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3105 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3108 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3109 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3110 made from scratch.
3112 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3114 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3115 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3117 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3123 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3128 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3129 variables are guessed:
3131 * `c-basic-offset', and
3132 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3133 `c-offsets-alist'.
3135 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3136 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3138 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3139 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3143 guess is made from scratch.
3145 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3146 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3148 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3150 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3151 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3152 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3153 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3155 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3156 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3157 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3159 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3161 ;;;***
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21269 46645
3164 ;;;;;; 763684 0))
3165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3167 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3168 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3169 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3170 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3171 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3172 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3173 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3175 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3178 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3180 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3183 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3185 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3186 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3187 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3188 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3189 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3190 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3192 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3194 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3195 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3197 Key bindings:
3198 \\{c-mode-map}
3200 \(fn)" t nil)
3202 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3203 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3204 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3205 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3206 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3207 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3208 message.
3210 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3212 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3213 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3215 Key bindings:
3216 \\{c++-mode-map}
3218 \(fn)" t nil)
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3221 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3224 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3225 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3226 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3227 message.
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3234 Key bindings:
3235 \\{objc-mode-map}
3237 \(fn)" t nil)
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3240 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Java code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3243 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{java-mode-map}
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3259 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{idl-mode-map}
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3277 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3279 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3282 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3285 message.
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3292 Key bindings:
3293 \\{pike-mode-map}
3295 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3297 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3298 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3302 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3305 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3306 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3307 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3312 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3314 Key bindings:
3315 \\{awk-mode-map}
3317 \(fn)" t nil)
3319 ;;;***
3321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3322 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3325 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3326 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3327 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3328 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3330 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3332 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3333 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3334 might get set too.
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3337 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3338 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3339 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3340 in this way.
3342 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3343 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3344 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3345 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3346 a null operation.
3348 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3350 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3351 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3352 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3353 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3355 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3357 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3358 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3359 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3361 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3363 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3364 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3365 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3366 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3367 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3369 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3371 ;;;***
3373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3374 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3376 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3377 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3378 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3380 ;;;***
3382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3383 ;;;;;; 0))
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3386 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3387 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3389 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3391 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3392 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3394 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3396 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3397 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3399 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3400 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3401 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3402 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3403 execution.
3405 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3407 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3409 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3410 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3412 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3413 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3414 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3415 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3417 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3418 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3419 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3420 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3421 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3422 `write' commands.
3424 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3425 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3426 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3429 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3430 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3431 semantics.
3433 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3435 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3437 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3439 STATEMENT :=
3440 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3441 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3443 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3444 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3445 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3446 | integer
3448 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3450 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3451 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3452 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3454 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3455 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3456 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3458 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3459 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3461 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3462 BREAK := (break)
3464 REPEAT :=
3465 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3466 (repeat)
3467 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3468 ;; (repeat))
3469 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3470 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3471 ;; (read REG)
3472 ;; (repeat))
3473 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3474 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3475 ;; (read REG)
3476 ;; (repeat))
3477 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3479 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3480 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3481 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3482 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3483 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3484 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3485 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3486 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3487 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3488 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3489 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3490 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3491 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3492 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3493 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3494 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3496 WRITE :=
3497 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3498 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3499 ;; representation.
3500 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3501 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3502 ;; (write r7))
3503 | (write EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3505 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3506 ;; representation.
3507 | (write integer)
3508 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3509 ;; buffer.
3510 | (write string)
3511 ;; Same as: (write string)
3512 | string
3513 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3514 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3515 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3516 ;; representation.
3517 | (write REG ARRAY)
3518 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3519 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3520 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3521 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3522 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3523 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3525 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3526 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3528 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3529 END := (end)
3531 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3532 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3533 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3535 ARG := REG | integer
3537 OPERATOR :=
3538 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3539 + | - | * | / | %
3541 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3542 | & | `|' | ^
3544 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3545 | << | >>
3547 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3548 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3549 | <8
3551 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3552 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3553 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3554 | >8
3556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3557 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3558 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3559 | //
3561 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3562 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3564 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3565 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3566 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3567 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3568 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3569 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3570 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3571 | de-sjis
3573 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3574 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3575 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3577 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3578 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3579 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3580 ;; byte of SJIS.
3581 | en-sjis
3583 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3584 ;; Same meaning as C code
3585 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3587 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3588 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3589 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3590 | <8=
3592 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3593 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3594 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3596 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3597 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3598 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3599 | //=
3601 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3604 TRANSLATE :=
3605 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3606 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3607 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3608 LOOKUP :=
3609 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3610 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3611 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3612 MAP :=
3613 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3614 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3615 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3616 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3617 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3618 MAP-ID := integer
3620 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3622 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3624 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3625 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3626 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3627 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3628 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3629 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3631 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3633 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3634 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3635 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3637 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3639 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3641 ;;;***
3643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21240 46395
3644 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3647 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3648 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3649 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3650 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3652 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3654 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3656 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3657 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3659 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3661 ;;;***
3663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3664 ;;;;;; 0))
3665 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3666 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3668 ;;;***
3670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3671 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3673 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3675 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3676 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3677 There are no special keybindings by default.
3679 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3680 to the action header.
3682 \(fn)" t nil)
3684 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3685 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3686 There are no special keybindings by default.
3688 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3689 to the action header.
3691 \(fn)" t nil)
3693 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3694 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3695 on the buffer contents
3697 \(fn)" nil nil)
3699 ;;;***
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3702 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3706 ;;;***
3708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3709 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3712 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3713 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3714 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3716 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3718 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3719 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3720 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3722 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3724 ;;;***
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3727 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3729 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3730 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3731 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3732 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3733 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3742 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3743 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3744 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3746 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3747 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3748 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3749 the users will view as each check is completed.
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3753 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3754 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3755 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3756 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3757 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3758 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3759 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3760 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3762 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3764 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3765 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3766 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3767 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3768 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3769 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3770 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3771 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3773 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3775 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3776 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3777 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3778 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3779 spacing are all verified.
3781 \(fn)" t nil)
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3784 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3785 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3786 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3787 otherwise stop after the first error.
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3792 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3793 Only documentation strings are checked.
3794 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3795 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3796 a separate buffer.
3798 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3801 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3802 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3803 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3804 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3806 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3809 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3810 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3811 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3812 if there is one.
3814 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3816 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3817 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3819 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3820 if there is one.
3821 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3826 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3827 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3832 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3833 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3834 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3835 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3837 \(fn)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3840 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3841 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3842 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3843 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3844 space at the end of each line.
3846 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3849 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3850 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3851 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3853 \(fn)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3856 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3857 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3858 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3863 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3864 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3865 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3870 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3871 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3872 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3874 \(fn)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3878 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3879 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3884 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3885 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3886 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3892 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3906 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3912 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3914 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3917 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3918 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3919 checking of documentation strings.
3921 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3925 ;;;***
3927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3928 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3931 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3932 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3933 Return the length of resulting text.
3935 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3937 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3938 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3942 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3943 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3944 Return the length of resulting text.
3946 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3949 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3951 \(fn)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3956 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3958 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3961 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3963 ;;;***
3965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
3966 ;;;;;; 0))
3967 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3969 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3970 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3971 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3972 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3973 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3974 editing and the result is evaluated.
3976 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3979 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3980 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3981 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3982 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3984 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3986 \(fn)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3989 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3990 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3991 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3992 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3994 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3995 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3996 \\{command-history-map}
3998 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3999 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4001 \(fn)" t nil)
4003 ;;;***
4005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21318
4006 ;;;;;; 28582 821557 0))
4007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4009 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4010 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4011 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4012 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4013 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4014 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4015 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4016 of this function.
4018 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4019 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4020 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4021 property are:
4023 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4024 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4026 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4027 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4028 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4029 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4030 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4031 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4032 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4033 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4034 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4035 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4036 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4037 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4039 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4040 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4041 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4043 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4044 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4045 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4046 list elements are:
4048 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4050 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4052 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4054 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4055 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4057 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4058 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4060 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4061 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4062 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4063 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4064 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4065 value specified by their associated list element.
4067 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4069 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4070 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4071 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4073 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4074 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4075 * indent the first argument by 4.
4076 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4077 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4078 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4080 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4081 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4082 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4083 instead.
4085 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4087 ;;;***
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21372 32036
4090 ;;;;;; 731951 0))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4092 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4094 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4096 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4097 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4098 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4099 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4100 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4101 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4103 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4104 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4106 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4108 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4110 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4112 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4114 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4116 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4118 ;;;***
4120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4121 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4124 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4125 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4126 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4127 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4129 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4130 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4131 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4132 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4134 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4135 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4137 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4139 ;;;***
4141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4142 ;;;;;; 0))
4143 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4145 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4146 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4147 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4148 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4149 of `scheme-program-name').
4150 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4151 it is given as initial input.
4152 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4153 discards input when it starts up.
4154 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4155 is run).
4156 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4158 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4160 ;;;***
4162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4165 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4166 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4167 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4168 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4170 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4171 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4173 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4174 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4175 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4177 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4179 ;;;***
4181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4184 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4185 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4186 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4187 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4188 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4189 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4190 functions have already modified the buffer.
4192 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4194 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4195 either globally or locally.")
4197 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4198 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4199 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4200 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4202 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4203 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4204 `start-file-process'
4205 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4206 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4207 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4209 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4210 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4212 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4214 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4216 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4218 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4219 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4220 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4221 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4222 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4223 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4224 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4225 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4226 process as its initial input.
4228 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4230 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4232 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4234 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4235 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4236 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4237 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4238 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4239 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4241 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4243 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4245 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4246 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4247 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4248 directory tracking functions.")
4250 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4251 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4252 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4254 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4256 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4258 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4259 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4260 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4262 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4264 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4266 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4267 Send COMMAND to current process.
4268 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4269 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4271 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4273 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4274 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4275 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4276 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4278 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4280 ;;;***
4282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4283 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4286 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4287 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4288 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4289 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4291 This command pushes the mark in each window
4292 at the prior location of point in that window.
4293 If both windows display the same buffer,
4294 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4295 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4297 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4298 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4299 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4300 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4301 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4302 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4303 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4304 ignored.
4306 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4307 this command work in interlaced mode:
4308 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4309 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4310 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4312 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4314 ;;;***
4316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21484 36010
4317 ;;;;;; 707226 0))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4320 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4321 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4323 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4325 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4326 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4327 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4329 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4331 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4332 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4333 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4335 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4337 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4338 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4339 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4340 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4341 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4343 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4344 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4345 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4346 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4347 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4349 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4350 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4351 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4352 describing how the process finished.")
4354 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4355 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4356 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4357 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4358 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4360 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4361 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4362 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4366 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4367 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4368 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4369 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4373 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4374 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4376 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4377 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4379 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4380 (lambda ()
4381 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4382 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4383 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4384 (concat \"make -k \"
4385 (if buffer-file-name
4386 (shell-quote-argument
4387 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4389 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4390 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4392 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4393 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4394 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4395 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4397 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4399 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4400 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4401 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4402 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4404 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4405 and move to the source code that caused it.
4407 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4408 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4410 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4411 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4412 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4413 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4414 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4416 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4417 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4418 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4419 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4421 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4422 kills its subprocesses.
4424 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4425 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4426 to a function that generates a unique name.
4428 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4430 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4431 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4432 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4433 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4435 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4436 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4438 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4439 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4440 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4441 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4443 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4444 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4445 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4447 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4449 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4452 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4453 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4454 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4455 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4457 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4459 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4461 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4463 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4465 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4466 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4468 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4469 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4471 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4472 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4473 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4474 See `compilation-mode'.
4476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4478 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4479 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4481 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4482 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4484 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4485 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4486 `compilation-mode'.
4488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4490 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4491 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4492 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4494 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4496 ;;;***
4498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21240 46395 727291
4499 ;;;;;; 0))
4500 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4502 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4503 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4504 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4507 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4509 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4511 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4512 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4514 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4515 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4519 ;;;***
4521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21383
4522 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
4523 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4525 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4526 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4527 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4528 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4529 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4530 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4531 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4533 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4534 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4535 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4537 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4538 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4539 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4541 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4542 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4543 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4544 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4546 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4547 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4548 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4549 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4550 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4551 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4552 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4554 \\{conf-mode-map}
4556 \(fn)" t nil)
4558 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4559 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4560 Comments start with `#'.
4561 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4563 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4565 \[Desktop Entry]
4566 Encoding=UTF-8
4567 Name=The GIMP
4568 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4569 Name[cs]=GIMP
4571 \(fn)" t nil)
4573 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4574 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4575 Comments start with `;'.
4576 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4578 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4580 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4581 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4582 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4584 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4585 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4587 \(fn)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4591 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4592 between `/*' and `*/'.
4593 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4595 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4596 // another kind of comment
4597 /* yet another */
4599 name:value
4600 name=value
4601 name value
4602 x.1 =
4603 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4604 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4610 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4611 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4612 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4613 `conf-space-keywords'.
4614 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4615 in an interactive fashion instead.
4617 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4619 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4621 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4622 image/png png
4623 image/tiff tiff tif
4625 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4626 class desktop
4627 # Standard multimedia devices
4628 add /dev/audio desktop
4629 add /dev/mixer desktop
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4633 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4634 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4635 See `conf-space-mode'.
4637 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4639 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4642 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4644 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4646 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4647 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4649 \(fn)" t nil)
4651 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4652 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4653 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4656 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4658 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4659 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4661 \(fn)" t nil)
4663 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4664 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4665 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4666 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4668 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4670 *background: gray99
4671 *foreground: black
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4675 ;;;***
4677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4678 ;;;;;; 0))
4679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4681 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4682 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4683 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4684 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4685 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4686 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4688 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4690 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4691 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4692 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4693 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4695 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4697 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4698 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4699 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4700 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4702 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4704 ;;;***
4706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4707 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4709 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4710 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4711 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4713 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4714 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4715 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4716 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4717 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4718 following the copyright are updated as well.
4719 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4720 interactively.
4722 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4724 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4725 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4726 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4727 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4728 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4730 \(fn)" t nil)
4732 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4733 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4735 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4737 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4738 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4739 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4741 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4743 ;;;***
4745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21438
4746 ;;;;;; 26670 609361 0))
4747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4748 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4749 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4750 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4751 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4752 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4753 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4754 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4756 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4757 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4758 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4759 Tab indents for Perl code.
4760 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4763 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4764 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4765 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4766 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4767 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4768 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4769 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4770 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4771 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4772 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4773 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4774 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4776 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4778 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4779 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4781 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4783 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4784 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4785 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4786 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4787 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4788 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4789 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4790 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4791 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4793 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4795 bite if angry;
4797 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4798 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4799 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4800 to nil.)
4802 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4803 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4804 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4806 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4808 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4809 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4810 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4811 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4812 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4814 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4816 if (A) { B }
4818 into
4820 B if A;
4822 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4824 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4825 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4826 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4827 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4828 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4829 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4830 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4831 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4832 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4833 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4834 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4835 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4836 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4838 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4839 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4840 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4841 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4842 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4843 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4845 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4846 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4847 man via menu.
4849 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4850 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4851 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4852 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4853 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4855 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4856 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4857 span the needed amount of lines.
4859 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4860 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4861 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4862 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4864 Variables controlling indentation style:
4865 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4866 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4867 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4868 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4869 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4870 `cperl-auto-newline'
4871 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4872 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4873 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4874 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4875 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4876 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4877 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4878 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4879 `cperl-indent-level'
4880 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4881 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4882 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4883 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4884 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4885 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4886 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4887 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4888 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4889 `cperl-brace-offset'
4890 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4891 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4892 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4893 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4894 `cperl-label-offset'
4895 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4896 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4897 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4899 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4900 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4901 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4902 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4903 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4904 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4906 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4907 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4908 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4909 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4911 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4912 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4913 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4914 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4915 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4916 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4917 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4919 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4920 column 0 is indented on
4921 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4923 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4924 with no args.
4926 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4927 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4928 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4930 \(fn)" t nil)
4932 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4933 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4935 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4937 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4938 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4940 \(fn)" t nil)
4942 ;;;***
4944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4945 ;;;;;; 0))
4946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4948 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4949 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4950 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4951 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4952 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4956 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4957 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4959 \(fn)" t nil)
4961 ;;;***
4963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
4964 ;;;;;; 0))
4965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4967 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4968 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4969 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4970 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4971 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4972 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4973 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4974 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4976 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4977 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4979 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4980 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4981 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4983 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4984 with empty strings removed.
4986 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4988 ;;;***
4990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21285 31272
4991 ;;;;;; 331063 0))
4992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4994 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4995 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4999 ;;;***
5001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21319 49445
5002 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5005 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5006 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5007 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5009 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5010 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5012 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5014 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5015 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5017 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5018 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5020 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5021 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5022 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5023 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5024 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5025 normal function of these prefix keys.
5027 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5028 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5029 options:
5030 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5031 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5032 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5034 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5035 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5036 the prefix fallback behavior.
5038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5040 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5041 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5045 ;;;***
5047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21503 425
5048 ;;;;;; 992235 0))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5051 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5052 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5053 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5057 ;;;***
5059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21429 11690 49391
5060 ;;;;;; 0))
5061 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5063 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5064 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5066 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5068 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5069 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5071 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5073 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5074 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5076 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5078 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5079 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5081 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5082 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5084 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5085 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5087 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5089 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5091 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5092 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5093 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5095 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5096 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5098 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5099 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5101 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5102 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5104 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5106 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5108 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5109 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5110 Return VALUE.
5112 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5113 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5115 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5116 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5118 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5119 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5121 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5123 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5125 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5126 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5127 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5128 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5130 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5131 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5132 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5134 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5136 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5137 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5138 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5139 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5140 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5142 \(fn)" t nil)
5144 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5145 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5146 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5147 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5149 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5151 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5152 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5153 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5155 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5157 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5158 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5160 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5162 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5164 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5165 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5167 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5169 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5171 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5172 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5173 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5175 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5177 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5178 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5179 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5180 as part of Emacs itself.
5182 Each elements looks like this:
5184 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5186 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5187 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5188 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5189 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5190 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5191 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5192 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5193 and `defface'.
5195 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5197 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5198 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5199 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5200 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5201 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5203 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5204 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5205 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5206 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5208 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5210 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5212 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5213 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5214 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5215 release.
5217 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5218 that were added or redefined since that version.
5220 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5222 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5223 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5224 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5225 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5227 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5229 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5230 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5232 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5234 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5235 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5236 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5238 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5239 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5241 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5243 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5246 \(fn)" t nil)
5248 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5251 \(fn)" t nil)
5253 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize all saved options and faces.
5256 \(fn)" t nil)
5258 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5260 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5261 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5262 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5263 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5265 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5266 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5267 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5269 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5271 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5272 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5274 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5276 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5279 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5281 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5284 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5286 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5287 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5288 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5289 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5290 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5291 that option.
5292 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5294 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5296 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5297 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5298 The result includes selecting that window.
5299 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5300 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5301 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5302 that option.
5304 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5306 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5307 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5311 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5312 File used for storing customization information.
5313 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5314 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5315 it should be an absolute file name.
5317 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5318 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5319 something like the following in your init file:
5321 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5322 \(load custom-file)
5324 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5325 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5327 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5328 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5329 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5330 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5331 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5333 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5334 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5335 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5336 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5337 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5338 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5339 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5340 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5341 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5342 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5344 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5346 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5347 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5349 \(fn)" nil nil)
5351 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5352 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5354 \(fn)" t nil)
5356 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5357 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5358 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5360 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5362 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5364 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5365 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5366 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5368 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5370 ;;;***
5372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5373 ;;;;;; 0))
5374 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5376 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5377 Create or edit a custom theme.
5378 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5379 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5380 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5381 from the Custom save file.
5382 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5383 named *Custom Theme*.
5385 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5387 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5388 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5390 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5392 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5393 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5395 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5397 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5398 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5399 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5400 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5402 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5404 ;;;***
5406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5407 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5410 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5411 Mode used for cvs status output.
5413 \(fn)" t nil)
5415 ;;;***
5417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21383 2343 498187
5418 ;;;;;; 0))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5420 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5422 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5423 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5425 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5427 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5428 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5429 C++ modes are included.
5431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5432 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5433 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5437 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5439 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5440 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5441 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5443 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5444 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5446 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5448 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5449 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5450 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5451 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5452 ARG is omitted or nil.
5454 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5455 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5456 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5460 ;;;***
5462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5463 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5466 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5467 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5469 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5471 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5472 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5474 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5476 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5477 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5478 For readability, the table is slightly
5479 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5481 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5482 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5483 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5484 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5485 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5487 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5489 ;;;***
5491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5492 ;;;;;; 0))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5494 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5495 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5496 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5497 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5499 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5500 Completion on current word.
5501 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5502 and presents suggestions for completion.
5504 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5505 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5506 completions.
5508 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5509 then it searches *all* buffers.
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5513 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5514 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5516 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5517 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5518 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5519 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5520 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5522 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5523 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5525 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5526 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5527 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5529 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5530 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5532 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5536 ;;;***
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5539 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5542 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5543 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5545 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5547 ;;;***
5549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21430 32550 215986 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5552 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5553 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5554 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5555 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5556 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5558 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5560 ;;;***
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5563 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5566 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5567 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5569 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5570 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5571 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5573 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5574 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5575 Data lines are not indented.
5577 Key bindings:
5579 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5580 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5582 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5583 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5584 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5585 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5587 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5589 dcl-basic-offset
5590 Extra indentation within blocks.
5592 dcl-continuation-offset
5593 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5595 dcl-margin-offset
5596 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5598 dcl-margin-label-offset
5599 Indentation for a label.
5601 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5602 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5604 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5605 dcl-block-end-regexp
5606 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5607 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5608 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5609 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5610 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5612 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5613 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5614 Two such functions are included in the package:
5615 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5616 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5618 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5619 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5620 One such function is included in the package:
5621 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5623 dcl-tab-always-indent
5624 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5625 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5626 margin.
5628 dcl-electric-characters
5629 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5630 typed.
5632 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5633 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5634 which words trigger electric indentation.
5636 dcl-tempo-comma
5637 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5638 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5639 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5641 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5642 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5643 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5644 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5646 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5647 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5648 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5649 dcl-imenu-label-call
5650 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5652 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5653 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5654 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5655 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5658 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5660 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5661 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5662 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5663 $ i = 1
5664 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5665 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5666 $ label:
5667 $ if i.eq.1
5668 $ then
5669 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5670 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5671 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5672 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5673 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5674 \"lined up with the command line\"
5675 $ type sys$input
5676 Data lines are not indented at all.
5677 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5678 $ endif
5682 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5683 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5685 \(fn)" t nil)
5687 ;;;***
5689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5690 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5693 (setq debugger 'debug)
5695 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5696 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5697 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5698 of the evaluator.
5700 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5701 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5702 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5704 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5706 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5707 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5709 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5711 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5712 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5713 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5714 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5715 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5716 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5718 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5719 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5721 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5723 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5724 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5725 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5726 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5727 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5729 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5731 ;;;***
5733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5734 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5737 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5738 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5740 \(fn)" t nil)
5742 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5743 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5744 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5745 Upper-case letters are commands.
5747 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5748 modify it.
5750 The most useful commands are:
5751 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5752 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5753 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5754 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5755 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5756 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5760 ;;;***
5762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5763 ;;;;;; 0))
5764 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5765 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5767 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5768 Customization of `columns' group.
5770 \(fn)" t nil)
5772 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5773 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5775 START and END delimits the text region.
5777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5779 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5780 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5782 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5786 ;;;***
5788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21414 44327 790846 0))
5789 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5791 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5793 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5794 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5795 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5798 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5800 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5802 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5803 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5805 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5806 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5808 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5809 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5810 point regardless of any selection.
5812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5814 ;;;***
5816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5817 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5820 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5821 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5823 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5825 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5826 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5827 or nil if there is no parent.
5828 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5829 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5830 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5831 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5832 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5834 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5835 arguments are currently understood:
5836 :group GROUP
5837 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5838 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5839 :syntax-table TABLE
5840 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5841 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5842 :abbrev-table TABLE
5843 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5844 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5846 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5848 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5850 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5851 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5852 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5854 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5855 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5857 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5858 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5859 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5861 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5862 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5864 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5865 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5867 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5869 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5871 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5873 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5874 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5875 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5876 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5877 the first time the mode is used.
5879 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5881 ;;;***
5883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21240 46395 727291
5884 ;;;;;; 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5887 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5888 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5889 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5890 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5891 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5892 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5893 otherwise.
5895 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5897 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5898 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5899 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5900 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5902 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5903 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5904 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5906 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5907 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5908 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5909 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5910 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5911 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5912 relevant to POS.
5914 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5916 ;;;***
5918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21446 45134 152348
5919 ;;;;;; 0))
5920 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5922 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5923 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5924 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5927 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5929 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5931 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5932 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5933 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5934 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5935 is omitted or nil.
5937 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5938 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5939 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5940 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5942 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5943 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5945 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5946 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5948 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5950 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5954 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5955 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5956 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5957 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5959 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5961 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5962 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5964 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5965 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5966 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5968 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5969 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5971 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5972 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5973 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5975 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5976 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5977 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5978 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5980 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5982 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5983 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5985 Handlers are called with argument list
5987 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5989 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5991 `desktop-file-version'
5992 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
5993 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
5994 `desktop-buffer-point'
5995 `desktop-buffer-mark'
5996 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
5997 `desktop-buffer-locals'
5999 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6000 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6002 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6003 code like
6005 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6007 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6008 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6010 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6012 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6014 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6015 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6016 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6017 List elements must have the form
6019 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6021 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6022 function.
6024 Handlers are called with argument list
6026 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6028 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6030 `desktop-file-version'
6031 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6032 `desktop-buffer-name'
6033 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6034 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6035 `desktop-buffer-point'
6036 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6037 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6038 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6040 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6041 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6042 created and set.
6044 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6045 code like
6047 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6049 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6050 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6052 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6054 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6056 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6058 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6059 Empty the Desktop.
6060 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6061 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6062 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6063 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6064 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6065 if different).
6067 \(fn)" t nil)
6069 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6070 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6071 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6072 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6073 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6074 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6075 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6077 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6079 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6080 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6081 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6083 \(fn)" t nil)
6085 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6086 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6087 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6088 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6089 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6090 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6091 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6092 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6094 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6096 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6097 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6098 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6100 \(fn)" nil nil)
6102 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6104 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6105 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6106 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6107 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6108 directory DIRNAME.
6110 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6112 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6113 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6115 \(fn)" t nil)
6117 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6118 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6120 \(fn)" t nil)
6122 ;;;***
6124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6125 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6128 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6129 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6130 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6131 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6132 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6133 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6135 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6138 Repair a broken attribution line.
6139 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6141 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6143 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6144 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6145 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6146 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6148 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6150 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6151 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6153 \(fn)" t nil)
6155 ;;;***
6157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21350
6158 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
6159 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6161 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6162 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6163 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6164 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6165 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6169 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6170 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6171 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6172 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6174 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6175 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6176 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6177 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6179 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6180 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6182 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6183 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6184 calendar-date-style 'european
6185 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6187 \(diary-mail-entries)
6189 # diary-rem.el ends here
6191 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6193 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6194 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6196 \(fn)" t nil)
6198 ;;;***
6200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6203 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6204 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6206 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6208 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6209 The command to use to run diff.")
6211 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6213 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6214 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6215 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6216 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6217 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6218 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6220 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6221 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6222 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6224 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6226 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6227 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6228 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6229 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6230 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6231 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6233 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6235 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6236 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6238 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6240 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6241 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6242 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6244 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6246 ;;;***
6248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21488 33062
6249 ;;;;;; 959598 0))
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6252 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6253 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6254 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6255 normal diffs.
6257 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6258 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6259 headers for you on-the-fly.
6261 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6262 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6263 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6265 \\{diff-mode-map}
6267 \(fn)" t nil)
6269 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6270 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6275 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6279 ;;;***
6281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6284 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6285 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6286 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6288 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6290 ;;;***
6292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6295 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6296 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6297 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6298 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6299 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6300 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6301 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6302 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6304 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6306 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6307 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6308 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6309 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6310 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6311 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6313 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6314 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6315 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6316 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6317 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6318 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6319 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6320 list of files to make directory entries for.
6321 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6322 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6323 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6325 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6327 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6328 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6330 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6331 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6333 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6334 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6336 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6337 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6339 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6341 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6342 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6344 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6346 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6347 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6348 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6349 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6350 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6351 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6352 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6353 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6354 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6355 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6356 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6357 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6358 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6359 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6360 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6361 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6362 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6363 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6364 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6365 to see why something went wrong.
6366 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6367 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6368 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6369 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6370 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6371 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6372 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6373 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6374 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6375 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6376 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6377 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6378 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6380 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6381 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6382 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6383 again for the directory tree.
6385 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6386 for more info):
6388 `dired-listing-switches'
6389 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6390 `dired-marker-char'
6391 `dired-del-marker'
6392 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6393 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6394 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6395 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6397 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6399 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6400 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6401 `dired-mode-hook'
6402 `dired-load-hook'
6404 Keybindings:
6405 \\{dired-mode-map}
6407 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6408 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6410 ;;;***
6412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6413 ;;;;;; 0))
6414 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6416 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6417 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6419 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6420 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6422 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6423 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6424 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6426 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6427 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6428 directory.
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6432 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6433 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6434 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6435 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6436 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6437 from `default-directory'.
6439 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6441 ;;;***
6443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6444 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6447 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6448 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6449 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6450 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6451 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6452 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6454 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6456 ;;;***
6458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6459 ;;;;;; 0))
6460 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6462 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6463 Return a new, empty display table.
6465 \(fn)" nil nil)
6467 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6468 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6469 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6470 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6471 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6473 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6475 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6476 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6477 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6478 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6479 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6481 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6483 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6484 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6486 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6488 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6489 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6491 \(fn)" t nil)
6493 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6494 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6496 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6497 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6499 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6500 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6501 byte.
6503 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6504 in the default way after this call.
6506 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6508 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6509 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6511 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6513 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6514 Display character C using printable string S.
6516 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6518 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6519 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6520 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6521 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6523 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6525 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6526 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6527 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6528 X frame.
6530 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6532 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6533 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6535 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6537 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6538 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6540 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6542 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6543 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6545 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6547 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6548 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6550 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6552 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6553 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6555 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6557 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6558 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6560 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6561 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6563 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6564 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6566 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6567 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6568 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6569 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6571 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6572 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6573 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6574 in `.emacs'.
6576 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6578 ;;;***
6580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6581 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6584 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6585 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6586 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6587 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6588 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6589 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6590 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6591 Default is 2.
6593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6595 ;;;***
6597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6600 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6601 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6602 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6603 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6604 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6605 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6606 private or ask).
6607 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6608 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6609 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6610 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6611 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6613 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6615 ;;;***
6617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6618 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6621 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6622 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6623 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6624 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6625 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6626 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6627 table and its own syntax table.
6629 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6631 \(fn)" t nil)
6632 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6634 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6635 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6637 \(fn)" t nil)
6639 ;;;***
6641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21462 9001 456449
6642 ;;;;;; 0))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6645 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6646 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6647 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6648 OpenDocument format).
6650 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6652 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6653 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6655 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6656 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6658 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6659 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6660 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6662 \(fn)" t nil)
6664 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6665 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6666 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6667 to the next best mode.
6669 \(fn)" nil nil)
6671 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6672 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6673 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6674 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6675 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6677 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6681 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6684 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6686 ;;;***
6688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6689 ;;;;;; 0))
6690 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6692 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6693 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6695 \(fn)" t nil)
6697 ;;;***
6699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6702 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6703 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6708 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6709 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6713 ;;;***
6715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21406 50214 284651
6716 ;;;;;; 0))
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6718 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6720 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6721 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6723 \(fn)" t nil)
6725 ;;;***
6727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21505
6728 ;;;;;; 42150 427725 0))
6729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6731 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6733 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6734 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6735 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6736 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6737 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6739 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6740 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6741 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6742 and disables it otherwise.
6744 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6745 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6746 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6747 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6749 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6750 documenting what its argument does.
6752 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6753 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6754 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6755 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6756 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6757 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6758 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6759 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6761 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6762 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6763 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6764 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6765 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6766 mode is global):
6768 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6769 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6770 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6771 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6772 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6773 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6774 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6775 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6776 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6777 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6778 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6779 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6780 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6781 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6782 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6783 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6784 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6785 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6786 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6787 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6788 in :variable).
6790 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6791 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6793 For example, you could write
6794 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6795 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6796 ...BODY CODE...)
6798 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6800 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6802 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6804 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6806 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6807 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6808 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6809 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6810 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6811 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6812 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6813 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6814 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6815 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6816 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6817 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6819 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6820 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6821 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6822 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6823 call another major mode in their body.
6825 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6826 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6827 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6829 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6831 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6833 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6834 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6835 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6836 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6837 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6838 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6839 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6841 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6843 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6844 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6845 :inherit Parent keymap.
6846 :group Ignored.
6847 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6848 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6850 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6852 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6853 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6854 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6855 the constant's documentation.
6857 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6859 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6860 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6861 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6863 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6865 ;;;***
6867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6868 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6871 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6872 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6873 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6874 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6876 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6877 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6878 as a top-level menu bar item.
6880 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6881 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6882 pairs:
6884 :filter FUNCTION
6885 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6886 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6887 items to actually display.
6889 :visible INCLUDE
6890 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6891 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6892 alias for `:visible'.
6894 :active ENABLE
6895 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6896 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6897 an alias for `:active'.
6899 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6900 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6902 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6904 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6906 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6907 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6909 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6910 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6912 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6914 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6916 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6917 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6919 :keys KEYS
6920 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6921 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6922 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6923 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6925 :key-sequence KEYS
6926 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6927 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6928 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6929 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6931 :active ENABLE
6932 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6933 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6934 alias for `:active'.
6936 :visible INCLUDE
6937 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6938 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6939 `:visible'.
6941 :label FORM
6942 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6943 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6945 :suffix FORM
6946 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6947 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6949 :style STYLE
6950 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6951 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6952 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6954 :selected SELECTED
6955 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6956 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6958 :help HELP
6959 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6961 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6962 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6963 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6965 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6966 MENU. This is a submenu.
6968 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6970 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6972 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6975 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6977 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6978 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6979 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6980 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6982 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6984 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6985 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6986 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6987 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6988 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6989 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6991 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6992 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6993 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6995 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6996 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6997 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6999 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7000 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7002 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7004 ;;;***
7006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7007 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7009 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7011 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7012 Customization for ebnf group.
7014 \(fn)" t nil)
7016 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7017 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7019 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7021 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7022 processed.
7024 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7026 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7028 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7029 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7031 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7032 killed after process termination.
7034 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7036 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7038 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7041 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7042 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7043 it to the printer.
7045 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7046 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7047 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7048 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7050 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7054 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7056 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7058 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7059 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7061 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7063 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7064 processed.
7066 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7068 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7070 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7071 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7073 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7074 killed after process termination.
7076 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7078 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7080 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7081 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7082 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7083 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7085 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7087 \(fn)" t nil)
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7091 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7093 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7095 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7097 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7098 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7100 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7102 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7103 processed.
7105 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7107 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7109 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7110 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7112 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7113 killed after EPS generation.
7115 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7117 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7119 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7122 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7123 The EPS file name has the following form:
7125 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7127 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7128 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7130 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7131 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7132 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7133 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7134 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7136 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7137 files.
7139 \(fn)" t nil)
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7144 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7145 The EPS file name has the following form:
7147 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7149 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7150 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7152 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7153 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7154 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7155 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7156 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7158 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7159 files.
7161 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7163 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7168 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7170 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7171 are processed.
7173 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7175 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7177 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7178 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7180 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7181 killed after syntax checking.
7183 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7185 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7187 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7188 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7190 \(fn)" t nil)
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7195 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7200 \(fn)" nil nil)
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7205 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7207 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7209 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7210 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7214 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Delete style NAME.
7219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7221 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7228 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Set STYLE as the current style.
7233 Returns the old style symbol.
7235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7237 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Reset current style.
7242 Returns the old style symbol.
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7246 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7251 Returns the old style symbol.
7253 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7262 Returns the old style symbol.
7264 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7268 \(fn)" t nil)
7270 ;;;***
7272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7273 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
7274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7276 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7277 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7278 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7279 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7280 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7281 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7283 Tree mode key bindings:
7284 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7286 \(fn)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7289 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7293 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7294 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7296 \(fn)" t nil)
7298 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7299 View declaration of member at point.
7301 \(fn)" t nil)
7303 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7304 Find declaration of member at point.
7306 \(fn)" t nil)
7308 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7309 View definition of member at point.
7311 \(fn)" t nil)
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7314 Find definition of member at point.
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7319 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7324 View definition of member at point in other window.
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7329 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7334 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7339 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7344 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7349 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7350 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7351 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7352 completion.
7354 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7356 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7357 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7358 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7359 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7361 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7364 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7365 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7366 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7368 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7371 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7372 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7374 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7376 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7377 Search for call sites of a member.
7378 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7379 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7380 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7381 looks like a function call to the member.
7383 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7386 Move backward in the position stack.
7387 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7392 Move forward in the position stack.
7393 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7398 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7403 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7408 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7409 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7410 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7412 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7414 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7415 Display statistics for a class tree.
7417 \(fn)" t nil)
7419 ;;;***
7421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7422 ;;;;;; 0))
7423 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7425 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7426 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7427 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7428 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7429 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7430 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7431 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7433 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7435 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7436 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7437 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7438 also has this effect.
7439 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7440 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7441 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7442 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7443 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7444 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7445 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7446 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7447 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7448 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7450 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7452 ;;;***
7454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7455 ;;;;;; 0))
7456 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7458 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7459 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7460 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7462 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7464 ;;;***
7466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7467 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7470 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7473 \(fn)" nil nil)
7475 ;;;***
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21350 58112 380040 0))
7478 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7479 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7481 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7482 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7483 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7486 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7488 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7490 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7491 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7496 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7497 an EDE controlled project.
7499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7501 ;;;***
7503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21452 59559
7504 ;;;;;; 901066 0))
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7507 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7508 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7509 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7510 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7511 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7513 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7514 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7515 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7516 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7518 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7520 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7521 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7522 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7523 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7525 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7527 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7528 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7529 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7530 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7532 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7534 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7536 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7537 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7538 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7539 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7540 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7542 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7543 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7544 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7545 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7546 instrumented for Edebug.
7548 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7549 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7550 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7551 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7552 already is one.)
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7556 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7557 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7559 \(fn)" t nil)
7561 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7562 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7564 \(fn)" t nil)
7566 ;;;***
7568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
7569 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7570 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7572 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7573 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7575 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7577 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7578 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7580 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7582 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7584 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7586 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7587 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7588 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7589 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7591 \(fn)" t nil)
7593 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7594 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7595 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7596 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7598 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7600 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7601 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7603 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7605 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7607 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7608 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7610 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7612 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7614 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7615 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7616 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7617 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7619 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7621 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7623 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7625 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7626 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7628 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7630 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7632 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7634 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7635 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7637 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7639 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7641 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7643 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7644 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7646 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7648 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7650 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7651 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7652 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7653 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7654 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7655 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7657 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7661 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7662 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7664 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7666 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7668 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7670 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7671 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7673 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7675 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7677 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7679 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7680 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7681 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7682 follows:
7683 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7684 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7686 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7688 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7689 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7690 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7691 follows:
7692 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7693 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7695 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7697 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7699 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7700 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7701 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7703 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7705 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7706 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7707 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7708 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7709 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7710 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7712 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7714 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7716 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7717 Merge two files without ancestor.
7719 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7722 Merge two files with ancestor.
7724 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7726 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7728 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7729 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7731 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7733 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7734 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7736 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7738 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7740 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7741 buffer.
7743 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7745 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7746 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7747 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7748 buffer.
7750 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7752 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7753 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7754 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7755 and don't ask the user.
7756 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7757 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7759 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7761 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7763 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7764 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7765 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7766 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7767 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7768 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7770 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7772 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7774 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7776 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7777 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7778 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7779 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7780 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7782 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7784 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7787 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7788 When called interactively, displays the version.
7790 \(fn)" t nil)
7792 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7793 Display Ediff's manual.
7794 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7796 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7798 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7801 \(fn)" nil nil)
7803 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7806 \(fn)" nil nil)
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7811 \(fn)" nil nil)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7816 \(fn)" nil nil)
7818 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7821 \(fn)" nil nil)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7826 \(fn)" nil nil)
7828 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7831 \(fn)" nil nil)
7833 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7836 \(fn)" nil nil)
7838 ;;;***
7840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7841 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7842 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7844 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7847 \(fn)" t nil)
7849 ;;;***
7851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21429 11690
7852 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
7853 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7855 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7856 Display Ediff's registry.
7858 \(fn)" t nil)
7860 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7862 ;;;***
7864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21458 11942
7865 ;;;;;; 975332 0))
7866 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7868 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7869 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7870 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7871 which see.
7873 \(fn)" t nil)
7875 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7876 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7877 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7878 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7880 \(fn)" t nil)
7882 ;;;***
7884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7885 ;;;;;; 0))
7886 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7887 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7889 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7890 Edit a keyboard macro.
7891 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7892 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7893 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7894 its command name.
7895 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7897 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7900 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7902 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7904 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7905 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7907 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7909 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7910 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7911 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7912 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7913 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7914 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7916 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7917 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7918 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7919 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7921 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7923 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7924 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7925 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7926 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7927 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7928 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7930 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7932 ;;;***
7934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21417 20521 870414
7935 ;;;;;; 0))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7938 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7939 Set scroll margins.
7940 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7941 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7943 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7945 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7946 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7950 ;;;***
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7955 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7956 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7957 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7958 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7959 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7960 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7961 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7963 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7964 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7966 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7967 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7968 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7969 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7971 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7972 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7973 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7975 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7976 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7977 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7979 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7981 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7984 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7986 ;;;***
7988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21379 5529 990138
7989 ;;;;;; 255000))
7990 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7991 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7993 ;;;***
7995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
7996 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
7997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
7998 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8000 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8001 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8002 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8003 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8004 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8005 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8006 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8008 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8010 ;;;***
8012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21491 9262 4301
8013 ;;;;;; 0))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8016 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8017 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8019 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8021 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8022 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8024 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8025 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8027 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8028 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8029 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8030 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8031 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8032 expression point is on.
8034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8036 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8038 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function #'eldoc-documentation-function-default "\
8039 Function to call to return doc string.
8040 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8041 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8042 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8043 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8044 arg list.
8046 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8047 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8048 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8049 effect.
8051 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8052 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8054 ;;;***
8056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21327 43559 923043
8057 ;;;;;; 0))
8058 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8060 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8061 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8063 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8064 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8065 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8067 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8069 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8070 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8071 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8073 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8074 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8076 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8078 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8079 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8081 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8082 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8084 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8085 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8086 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8090 ;;;***
8092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8093 ;;;;;; 0))
8094 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8096 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8097 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8099 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8100 an elided material again.
8102 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8106 ;;;***
8108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8109 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8110 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8112 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8113 Lint the file FILE.
8115 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8117 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8118 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8119 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8121 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8123 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8124 Lint the current buffer.
8125 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8127 \(fn)" t nil)
8129 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8130 Lint the function at point.
8131 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8133 \(fn)" t nil)
8135 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8136 Initialize elint.
8137 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8138 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8140 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8142 ;;;***
8144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8145 ;;;;;; 0))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8148 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8149 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8150 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8152 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8155 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8156 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8157 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8159 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8161 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8162 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8163 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8165 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8167 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8169 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8170 Display current profiling results.
8171 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8172 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8173 displayed.
8175 \(fn)" t nil)
8177 ;;;***
8179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8180 ;;;;;; 0))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8183 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8184 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8185 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8186 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8187 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8188 ARG is omitted or nil.
8190 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8191 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8192 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8193 used instead.
8195 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8197 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8198 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8199 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8201 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8205 ;;;***
8207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21302 89 140834
8208 ;;;;;; 615000))
8209 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8211 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8212 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8213 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8215 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8217 ;;;***
8219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21364 37926 837230
8220 ;;;;;; 0))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8223 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8224 Run Emerge on two files.
8226 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8228 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8229 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8231 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8233 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8234 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8236 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8238 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8239 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8241 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8243 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8246 \(fn)" nil nil)
8248 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8251 \(fn)" nil nil)
8253 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8256 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8258 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8261 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8263 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8264 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8266 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8268 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8269 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8271 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8273 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8276 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8278 ;;;***
8280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8281 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8284 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8285 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8286 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8287 text/enriched format.
8289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8290 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8291 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8293 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8295 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8296 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8298 Commands:
8300 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8304 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8307 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8309 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8312 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8314 ;;;***
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21294 46247 414129 0))
8317 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8319 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8320 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8322 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8324 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8325 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8327 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8330 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8331 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8332 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8333 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8334 the keys are listed.
8335 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8337 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8339 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8340 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8341 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8343 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8345 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8346 Verify FILE.
8348 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8350 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8351 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8353 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8355 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8356 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8358 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8360 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8361 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8363 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8364 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8365 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8366 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8368 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8369 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8370 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8371 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8372 should consider using the string based counterpart
8373 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8374 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8376 For example:
8378 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8379 (decode-coding-string
8380 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8381 'utf-8))
8383 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8385 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8386 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8388 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8389 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8391 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8393 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8395 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8396 Verify the current region between START and END.
8398 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8399 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8400 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8401 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8402 should consider using the string based counterpart
8403 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8404 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8406 For example:
8408 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8409 (decode-coding-string
8410 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8411 'utf-8))
8413 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8415 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8417 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8418 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8419 between START and END.
8421 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8422 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8424 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8426 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8428 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8429 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8431 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8432 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8433 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8434 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8435 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8436 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8438 For example:
8440 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8441 (epg-sign-string
8442 context
8443 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8445 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8447 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8449 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8450 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8452 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8453 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8454 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8455 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8456 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8457 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8459 For example:
8461 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8462 (epg-encrypt-string
8463 context
8464 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8465 nil))
8467 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8469 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8471 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8472 Delete selected KEYS.
8474 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8476 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8477 Import keys from FILE.
8479 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8481 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8482 Import keys from the region.
8484 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8487 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8488 between START and END.
8490 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8493 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8495 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8498 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8500 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8502 ;;;***
8504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8505 ;;;;;; 0))
8506 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8508 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8509 Decrypt marked files.
8511 \(fn)" t nil)
8513 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8514 Verify marked files.
8516 \(fn)" t nil)
8518 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8519 Sign marked files.
8521 \(fn)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8524 Encrypt marked files.
8526 \(fn)" t nil)
8528 ;;;***
8530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8531 ;;;;;; 0))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8534 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8537 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8547 \(fn)" t nil)
8549 ;;;***
8551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21294 46247 414129
8552 ;;;;;; 0))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8555 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8556 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8558 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8559 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8563 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8564 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8565 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8567 \(fn)" t nil)
8569 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8571 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8572 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8573 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8575 \(fn)" t nil)
8577 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8579 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8580 Sign the current buffer.
8581 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8583 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8585 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8587 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8588 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8589 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8590 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8591 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8592 and also whether and how to sign.
8594 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8595 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8596 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8598 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8600 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8602 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8603 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8604 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8606 \(fn)" t nil)
8608 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8610 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8611 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8612 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8615 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8617 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8619 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8620 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8621 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8622 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8623 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8627 ;;;***
8629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21364 37926 837230 0))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8631 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8633 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8634 Return a context object.
8636 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8638 ;;;***
8640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21187 63826 213216
8641 ;;;;;; 0))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8644 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8645 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8647 \(fn)" nil nil)
8649 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8650 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8652 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8654 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8655 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8657 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21484 36010 707226 0))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8663 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8665 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8666 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8668 \(fn)" nil nil)
8670 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8671 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8672 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8674 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8676 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8677 (server (erc-compute-server))
8678 (port (erc-compute-port))
8679 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8680 password
8681 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8683 That is, if called with
8685 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8687 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8688 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8689 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8691 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8693 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8695 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8696 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8697 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8699 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8701 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8702 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8703 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8704 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8706 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8708 ;;;***
8710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8711 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8713 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8715 ;;;***
8717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8718 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8720 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8722 ;;;***
8724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8725 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8727 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8729 ;;;***
8731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8732 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8733 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8734 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8736 ;;;***
8738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8739 ;;;;;; 0))
8740 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8741 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8743 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8744 Parser for /dcc command.
8745 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8746 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8747 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8749 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8751 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8752 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8754 \(fn)" nil nil)
8756 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8757 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8759 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8760 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8761 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8762 that subcommand.
8764 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8766 ;;;***
8768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8769 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8771 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8773 ;;;***
8775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8776 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8779 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8780 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8782 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8784 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8785 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8786 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8787 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8789 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8791 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8794 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8796 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8797 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8799 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8801 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8802 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8804 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8806 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8807 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8809 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8811 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8812 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8814 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8817 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8819 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8821 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8822 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8824 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8829 \(fn)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8834 \(fn)" nil nil)
8836 ;;;***
8838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8839 ;;;;;; 0))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8841 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8843 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8844 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8845 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8847 \(fn)" nil nil)
8849 ;;;***
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8852 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8854 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8856 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8857 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8858 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8859 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8860 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8861 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8862 system.
8864 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8866 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8869 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8871 ;;;***
8873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8874 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8877 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8880 \(fn)" nil nil)
8882 ;;;***
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8885 ;;;;;; 0))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8889 ;;;***
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21308 46599 181916
8892 ;;;;;; 0))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8894 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8896 ;;;***
8898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8899 ;;;;;; 0))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8901 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8903 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8904 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8905 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8906 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8907 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8908 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8910 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8912 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8913 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8914 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8915 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8917 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8918 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8919 automatically.
8921 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8922 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8924 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8926 ;;;***
8928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
8929 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8931 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8933 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8934 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8936 \(fn)" t nil)
8938 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8939 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8941 \(fn)" t nil)
8943 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8944 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8946 \(fn)" t nil)
8948 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8949 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8953 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8954 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8958 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8959 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8963 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8964 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8968 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8969 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8971 \(fn)" t nil)
8973 ;;;***
8975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
8976 ;;;;;; 0))
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8978 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8980 ;;;***
8982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
8983 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8984 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8985 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8987 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8988 Show who's gone.
8990 \(fn)" nil nil)
8992 ;;;***
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
8995 ;;;;;; 55795 711190 0))
8996 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8998 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8999 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9000 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9001 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9003 \(fn)" nil nil)
9005 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9006 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9008 \(fn)" t nil)
9010 ;;;***
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
9013 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9015 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9017 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9018 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9019 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9020 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9022 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9024 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9027 \(fn)" nil nil)
9029 ;;;***
9031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
9032 ;;;;;; 0))
9033 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9034 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9036 ;;;***
9038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
9039 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9040 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9041 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9043 ;;;***
9045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
9046 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9048 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9050 ;;;***
9052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
9053 ;;;;;; 0))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9055 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9057 ;;;***
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9060 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9064 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9065 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9067 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9069 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9070 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9071 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9073 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9075 ;;;***
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9078 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9082 ;;;***
9084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9085 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9088 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9089 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9090 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9092 \(fn)" t nil)
9094 ;;;***
9096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9097 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9099 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9101 ;;;***
9103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21481 59815
9104 ;;;;;; 980216 0))
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9108 ;;;***
9110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21240 46395
9111 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9114 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9115 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9116 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9118 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9120 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9121 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9123 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9124 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9126 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9127 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9128 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9129 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9132 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9134 ;;;***
9136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9137 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9139 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9141 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9142 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9143 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9144 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9146 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9148 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9149 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9150 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9152 \(fn)" t nil)
9154 ;;;***
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9157 ;;;;;; 0))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9161 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9162 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9164 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9166 ;;;***
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21419 62246 751914
9169 ;;;;;; 0))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9172 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9173 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9175 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9176 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9178 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9179 useful for assertions in BODY.
9181 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9183 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9184 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9185 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9187 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9189 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9191 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9193 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9194 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9196 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9197 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9198 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9199 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9201 Returns the stats object.
9203 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9205 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9206 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9208 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9209 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9210 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9211 the tests).
9213 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9215 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9216 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9218 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9219 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9220 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9221 and how to display message.
9223 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9225 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9227 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9228 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9230 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9232 ;;;***
9234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9235 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9238 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9240 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9241 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9243 \(fn)" t nil)
9245 ;;;***
9247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9248 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9251 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9252 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9254 \(fn)" t nil)
9256 ;;;***
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21403 21396 190131
9259 ;;;;;; 14000))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9261 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9263 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9264 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9265 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9266 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9267 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9268 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9269 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9270 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9271 buffer selected (or created).
9273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9275 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9276 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9277 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9279 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9281 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9282 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9283 The result might be any Lisp object.
9284 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9285 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9286 corresponding to a successful execution.
9288 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9290 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9292 ;;;***
9294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9295 ;;;;;; 0))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9298 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9299 File name of tags table.
9300 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9301 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9302 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9303 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9304 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9306 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9307 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9308 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9309 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9311 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9313 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9314 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9315 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9316 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9317 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9318 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9320 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9322 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9323 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9324 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9326 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9328 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9329 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9330 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9331 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9332 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9334 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9336 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9337 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9338 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9339 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9341 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9343 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9344 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9345 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9346 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9347 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9349 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9351 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9352 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9354 \(fn)" t nil)
9356 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9357 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9358 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9359 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9361 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9362 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9363 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9364 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9365 file the tag was in.
9367 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9369 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9370 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9371 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9372 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9373 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9374 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9375 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9376 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9377 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9379 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9381 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9382 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9383 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9384 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9385 without directory names.
9387 \(fn)" nil nil)
9388 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9389 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9390 (progn
9391 (load "etags")
9392 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9394 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9395 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9396 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9397 but does not select the buffer.
9398 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9400 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9401 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9402 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9403 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9404 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9406 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9408 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9409 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9410 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9412 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9414 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9416 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9417 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9418 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9419 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9421 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9422 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9423 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9424 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9425 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9427 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9429 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9430 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9431 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9433 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9435 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9436 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9438 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9439 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9440 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9441 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9442 around or before point.
9444 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9445 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9446 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9447 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9448 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9450 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9452 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9453 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9454 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9456 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9458 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9459 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9461 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9462 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9463 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9464 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9465 around or before point.
9467 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9468 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9469 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9470 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9471 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9473 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9475 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9476 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9477 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9479 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9481 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9482 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9484 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9485 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9486 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9488 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9489 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9490 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9491 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9492 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9494 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9496 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9497 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9498 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9500 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9502 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9503 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9504 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9506 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9507 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9509 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9510 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9511 where they were found.
9513 \(fn)" t nil)
9515 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9516 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9518 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9519 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9520 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9522 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9523 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9525 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9526 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9528 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9530 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9531 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9532 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9533 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9535 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9536 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9537 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9538 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9539 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9541 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9542 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9544 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9545 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9546 Stops when a match is found.
9547 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9549 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9550 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9551 restricted to these files.
9553 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9555 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9557 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9558 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9559 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9560 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9561 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9562 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9563 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9564 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9566 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9567 produce the list of files to search.
9569 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9571 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9573 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9574 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9575 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9576 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9577 directory specification.
9579 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9581 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9582 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9584 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9586 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9587 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9588 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9589 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9591 \(fn)" t nil)
9593 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9594 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9595 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9596 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9597 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9599 \(fn)" t nil)
9601 ;;;***
9603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9604 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9607 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9610 \(fn)" nil nil)
9612 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9613 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9615 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9616 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9618 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9619 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9620 primary language.
9622 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9623 even if the buffer is read-only.
9625 See also the descriptions of the variables
9626 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9628 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9630 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9631 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9633 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9634 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9636 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9637 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9638 primary language.
9640 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9641 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9643 See also the descriptions of the variables
9644 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9646 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9648 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9649 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9650 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9651 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9653 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9655 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9656 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9657 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9658 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9660 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9661 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9662 primary language.
9664 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9665 buffer is read-only.
9667 See also the descriptions of the variables
9668 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9669 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9671 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9673 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9674 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9676 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9677 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9679 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9680 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9681 the primary language.
9683 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9684 buffer is read-only.
9686 See also the descriptions of the variables
9687 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9688 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9690 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9692 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9693 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9694 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9696 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9698 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9699 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9701 \(fn)" t nil)
9703 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9704 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9706 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9707 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9708 be 1, 2, or 3.
9710 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9711 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9712 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9714 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9716 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9718 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9719 This function is deprecated.
9721 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9723 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9724 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9726 \(fn)" t nil)
9728 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9729 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9731 \(fn)" t nil)
9733 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9734 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9736 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9737 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9739 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9740 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9742 \(fn)" nil nil)
9744 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9745 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9747 \(fn)" nil nil)
9749 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9750 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9752 \(fn)" nil nil)
9754 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9755 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9757 \(fn)" nil nil)
9759 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9760 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9761 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9763 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9768 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9770 ;;;***
9772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9775 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9776 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9777 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9778 server for future sessions.
9780 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9782 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9783 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9784 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9786 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9788 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9789 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9790 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9792 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9794 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9795 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9796 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9797 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9798 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9799 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9800 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9801 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9802 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9803 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9804 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9805 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9807 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9810 Display a form to query the directory server.
9811 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9812 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9814 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9816 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9817 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9818 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9820 \(fn)" t nil)
9822 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9824 ;;;***
9826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9827 ;;;;;; 0))
9828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9830 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9831 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9833 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9835 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9836 Display URL and make it clickable.
9838 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9840 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9841 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9843 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9845 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9846 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9848 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9850 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9851 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9853 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9855 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9856 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9858 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9860 ;;;***
9862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9863 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9866 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9867 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9868 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9870 \(fn)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9873 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9875 \(fn)" t nil)
9877 ;;;***
9879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9880 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9883 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9884 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9886 \(fn)" t nil)
9888 ;;;***
9890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9891 ;;;;;; 0))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9894 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9895 Create an empty ewoc.
9897 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9899 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9900 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9901 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9902 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9903 `insert-before-markers'.
9905 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9906 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9907 respectively, of the ewoc.
9909 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9910 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9911 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9913 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9915 ;;;***
9917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21474 169 693017 0))
9918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9920 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9921 Fetch URL and render the page.
9922 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9923 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9925 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9926 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9928 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9929 Render a file using EWW.
9931 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9933 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9936 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9938 ;;;***
9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
9941 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9944 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9945 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9946 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9948 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9950 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9951 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9952 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9953 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9954 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9956 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9958 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9959 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9960 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9961 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9962 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9963 executable.
9965 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9967 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9968 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9969 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9971 \(fn)" t nil)
9973 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9974 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9975 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9976 file modes.
9978 \(fn)" nil nil)
9980 ;;;***
9982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9985 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9986 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9987 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9988 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9990 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9992 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9993 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9994 to generate such functions.
9996 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9997 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9998 beginning of the expanded text.
10000 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10001 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10002 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10003 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10005 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10007 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10009 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10010 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10011 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10013 \(fn)" nil nil)
10015 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10016 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10017 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10019 \(fn)" t nil)
10021 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10022 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10023 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10025 \(fn)" t nil)
10026 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10027 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10029 ;;;***
10031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21429 11690 49391
10032 ;;;;;; 0))
10033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10035 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10036 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10037 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10039 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10040 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10041 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10043 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10045 Key definitions:
10046 \\{f90-mode-map}
10048 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10050 `f90-do-indent'
10051 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10052 `f90-if-indent'
10053 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10054 `f90-type-indent'
10055 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10056 `f90-program-indent'
10057 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10058 (default 2).
10059 `f90-associate-indent'
10060 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10061 `f90-critical-indent'
10062 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10063 `f90-continuation-indent'
10064 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10065 `f90-comment-region'
10066 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10067 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10068 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10069 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10070 (default \"!\").
10071 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10072 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10073 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10074 `f90-break-delimiters'
10075 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10076 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10077 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10078 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10079 (default t).
10080 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10081 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10082 `f90-smart-end'
10083 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10084 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10085 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10086 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10087 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10088 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10089 `f90-leave-line-no'
10090 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10092 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10093 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10095 \(fn)" t nil)
10097 ;;;***
10099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10100 ;;;;;; 0))
10101 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10103 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10104 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10105 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10106 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10108 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10109 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10110 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10111 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10112 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10114 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10115 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10116 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10117 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10118 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10119 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10120 attributes.
10122 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10123 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10125 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10127 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10128 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10129 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10130 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10132 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10134 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10135 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10136 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10137 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10139 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10140 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10141 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10143 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10144 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10145 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10146 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10148 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10150 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10151 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10152 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10154 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10155 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10156 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10157 the same amount).
10159 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10161 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10162 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10163 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10165 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10166 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10167 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10168 will remove any scaling currently active.
10170 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10172 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10173 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10174 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10176 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10177 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10178 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10179 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10180 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10182 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10183 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10185 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10187 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10188 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10190 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10191 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10192 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10194 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10195 the face height as long as the input event read
10196 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10198 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10199 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10200 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10201 will remove any scaling currently active.
10203 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10204 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10205 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10206 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10207 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10209 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10211 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10212 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10213 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10214 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10215 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10216 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10220 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10221 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10222 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10223 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10224 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10225 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10226 `buffer-face-mode'.
10228 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10229 local, and sets it to FACE.
10231 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10233 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10234 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10235 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10236 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10237 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10238 `face' text property.
10240 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10241 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10242 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10243 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10245 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10246 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10248 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10250 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10251 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10252 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10253 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10257 ;;;***
10259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10260 ;;;;;; 0))
10261 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10262 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10264 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10265 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10266 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10267 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10269 \(fn)" nil nil)
10271 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10272 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10276 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10277 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10278 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10279 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10283 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10284 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10285 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10286 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10287 backup file names and the like).
10289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10291 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10292 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10293 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10294 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10295 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10296 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10297 internally by feedmail):
10299 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10300 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10301 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10302 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10304 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10305 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10306 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10307 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10308 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10310 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10312 ;;;***
10314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21401 32300 989919 0))
10315 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10317 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10318 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10319 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10320 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10321 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10322 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10323 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10325 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10327 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10328 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10329 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10330 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10331 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10332 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10333 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10335 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10337 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10339 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10340 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10341 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10342 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10343 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10344 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10346 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10348 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10349 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10350 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10351 Return value:
10352 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10353 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10354 * otherwise, nil
10356 \(fn E)" t nil)
10358 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10359 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10360 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10362 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10364 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10365 Try to get a file name at point.
10366 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10368 \(fn)" nil nil)
10370 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10371 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10373 \(fn)" t nil)
10375 ;;;***
10377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10378 ;;;;;; 0))
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10381 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10382 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10383 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10384 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10386 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10388 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10389 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10390 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10391 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10392 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10393 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10395 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10397 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10398 Add FILE to the file cache.
10400 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10402 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10403 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10404 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10406 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10408 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10409 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10410 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10412 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10414 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10415 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10416 This function does not use any external programs.
10417 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10418 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10419 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10421 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10423 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10424 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10425 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10426 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10427 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10428 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10429 \(directories) is done.
10431 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10433 ;;;***
10435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10436 ;;;;;; 0))
10437 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10439 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10440 Handle file system monitoring event.
10441 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10442 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10444 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10446 ;;;***
10448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10449 ;;;;;; 0))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10452 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10453 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10455 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10456 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10457 Local Variables list.
10459 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10460 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10461 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10463 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10465 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10466 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10468 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10470 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10471 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10473 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10474 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10475 the -*- line.
10477 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10478 then this function adds it.
10480 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10482 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10483 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10485 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10487 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10488 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10490 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10492 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10493 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10495 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10497 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10498 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10500 \(fn)" t nil)
10502 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10503 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10505 \(fn)" t nil)
10507 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10508 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10510 \(fn)" t nil)
10512 ;;;***
10514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10515 ;;;;;; 0))
10516 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10518 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10519 Filesets initialization.
10520 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10522 \(fn)" nil nil)
10524 ;;;***
10526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21187 63826 213216
10527 ;;;;;; 0))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10529 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10531 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10532 Initiate the building of a find command.
10533 For example:
10535 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10536 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10537 (mtime \"+1\"))
10538 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10540 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10541 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10543 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10545 ;;;***
10547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10548 ;;;;;; 0))
10549 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10551 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10552 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10553 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10555 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10557 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10558 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10560 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10562 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10563 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10564 and run Dired on those files.
10565 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10566 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10568 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10570 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10572 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10574 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10575 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10576 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10578 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10579 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10581 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10582 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10584 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10586 ;;;***
10588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10589 ;;;;;; 0))
10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10592 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10593 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10594 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10595 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10596 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10597 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10598 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10600 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10602 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10603 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10604 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10606 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10608 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10610 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10612 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10613 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10614 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10616 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10617 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10619 Variables of interest include:
10621 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10622 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10623 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10625 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10626 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10627 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10629 - `ff-ignore-include'
10630 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10632 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10633 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10635 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10636 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10638 - `ff-special-constructs'
10639 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10640 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10641 extracting the filename from that construct.
10643 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10644 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10646 - `ff-search-directories'
10647 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10648 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10650 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10651 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10653 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10654 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10656 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10657 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10659 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10660 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10662 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10663 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10665 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10667 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10668 Visit the file you click on.
10670 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10672 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10673 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10675 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10677 ;;;***
10679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21419
10680 ;;;;;; 62246 751914 0))
10681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10683 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10684 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10685 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10687 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10689 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10690 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10691 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10692 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10694 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10695 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10696 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10697 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10699 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10701 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10702 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10704 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10705 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10706 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10707 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10709 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10710 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10711 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10713 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10714 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10715 in `load-path'.
10717 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10719 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10720 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10722 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10723 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10724 places point before the definition.
10725 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10727 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10728 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10729 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10731 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10733 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10734 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10736 See `find-function' for more details.
10738 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10740 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10741 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10743 See `find-function' for more details.
10745 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10747 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10748 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10750 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10751 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10752 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10754 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10755 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10757 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10759 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10760 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10762 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10763 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10764 places point before the definition.
10766 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10768 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10769 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10770 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10772 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10774 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10775 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10777 See `find-variable' for more details.
10779 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10781 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10782 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10784 See `find-variable' for more details.
10786 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10788 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10789 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10790 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10791 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10792 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10793 buffer nor display it.
10795 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10796 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10798 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10800 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10801 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10803 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10804 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10805 places point before the definition.
10807 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10809 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10810 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10811 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10813 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10815 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10816 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10817 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10819 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10821 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10822 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10824 \(fn)" t nil)
10826 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10827 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10829 \(fn)" t nil)
10831 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10832 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10834 \(fn)" nil nil)
10836 ;;;***
10838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10839 ;;;;;; 0))
10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10842 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10843 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10845 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10847 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10848 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10850 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10852 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10853 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10855 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10857 ;;;***
10859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10861 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10863 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10864 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10866 \(fn)" t nil)
10868 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10869 Display FILE's commentary section.
10870 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10872 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10874 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10875 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10877 \(fn)" t nil)
10879 ;;;***
10881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10882 ;;;;;; 0))
10883 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10885 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10886 Toggle flow control handling.
10887 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10888 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10890 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10892 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10893 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10894 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10895 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10896 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10897 to get the effect of a C-q.
10899 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10901 ;;;***
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10904 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10907 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10910 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10912 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10915 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10917 ;;;***
10919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10920 ;;;;;; 799897 0))
10921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10922 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10924 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10925 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10926 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10927 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10928 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10929 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10933 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10934 Turn flymake mode on.
10936 \(fn)" nil nil)
10938 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10939 Turn flymake mode off.
10941 \(fn)" nil nil)
10943 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10946 \(fn)" nil nil)
10948 ;;;***
10950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
10951 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10954 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10955 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10957 \(fn)" t nil)
10958 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10960 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10961 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10963 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10964 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10966 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10967 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10968 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10970 Bindings:
10971 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10972 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10973 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10974 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10976 Hooks:
10977 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10979 Remark:
10980 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10981 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10982 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10984 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10985 consider adding:
10986 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10987 in your init file.
10989 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10990 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10994 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10995 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10997 \(fn)" nil nil)
10999 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11000 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11002 \(fn)" nil nil)
11004 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11005 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11007 \(fn)" nil nil)
11009 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11010 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11012 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11014 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11015 Flyspell whole buffer.
11017 \(fn)" t nil)
11019 ;;;***
11021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
11022 ;;;;;; 0))
11023 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11024 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11026 ;;;***
11028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11031 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11032 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11034 \(fn)" nil nil)
11036 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11037 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11039 \(fn)" nil nil)
11041 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11042 Toggle Follow mode.
11043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11044 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11045 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11047 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11048 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11050 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11051 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11052 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11054 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11055 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11056 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11057 movement commands.
11059 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11060 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11061 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11062 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11063 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11064 mileage may vary).
11066 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11067 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11069 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11071 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11073 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11074 \\{follow-mode-map}
11076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11078 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11079 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11081 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11082 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11083 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11084 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11085 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11086 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11088 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11089 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11090 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11094 ;;;***
11096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11097 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11099 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11101 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11102 Toggle Footnote mode.
11103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11104 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11105 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11107 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11108 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11109 play around with the following keys:
11110 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11114 ;;;***
11116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11117 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11119 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11120 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11122 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11123 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11124 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11125 C-c < forms-first-record <
11126 C-c > forms-last-record >
11127 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11128 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11129 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11130 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11131 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11132 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11133 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11134 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11135 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11136 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11138 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11140 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11141 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11143 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11145 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11146 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11148 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11150 ;;;***
11152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11153 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11156 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11157 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11158 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11160 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11161 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11163 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11165 Key definitions:
11166 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11168 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11170 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11171 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11172 `fortran-do-indent'
11173 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11174 `fortran-if-indent'
11175 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11176 `fortran-structure-indent'
11177 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11178 (default 3)
11179 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11180 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11181 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11182 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11183 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11184 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11185 nil don't change the indentation
11186 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11187 value of either
11188 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11189 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11190 depending on the continuation format in use.
11191 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11192 indentation for a line of code.
11193 (default 'fixed)
11194 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11195 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11196 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11197 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11198 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11199 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11200 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11201 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11202 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11203 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11204 column 5.
11205 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11206 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11207 statements (default nil).
11208 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11209 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11210 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11211 `fortran-continuation-string'
11212 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11213 line (default \"$\").
11214 `fortran-comment-region'
11215 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11216 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11217 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11218 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11219 as typed (default t).
11220 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11221 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11223 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11224 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11226 \(fn)" t nil)
11228 ;;;***
11230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11231 ;;;;;; 0))
11232 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11234 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11235 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11237 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11238 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11240 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11242 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11243 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11245 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11246 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11248 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11250 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11251 Compile fortune file.
11253 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11254 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11256 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11258 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11259 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11261 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11262 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11263 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11264 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11266 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11268 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11269 Display a fortune cookie.
11270 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11271 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11272 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11273 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11275 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11277 ;;;***
11279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 27302 473448
11280 ;;;;;; 0))
11281 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11283 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11284 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11285 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11287 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11288 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11289 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11291 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11292 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11294 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11295 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11297 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11298 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11299 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11300 intend to modify existing values, do
11302 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11304 before changing anything.
11306 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11307 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11309 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11310 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11311 to restore the frame.
11313 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11314 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11315 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11317 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11318 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11319 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11320 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11321 FILTER A filter function.
11323 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11324 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11326 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11328 where
11330 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11331 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11332 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11333 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11334 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11335 before restoring it.
11336 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11338 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11339 It must return:
11340 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11341 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11342 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11344 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11345 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11347 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11348 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11349 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11350 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11351 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11352 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11353 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11355 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11357 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11358 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11360 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11362 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11363 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11364 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11365 If nil, check all live frames.
11367 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11369 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11370 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11371 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11372 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11373 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11374 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11375 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11376 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11377 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11378 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11379 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11381 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11383 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11384 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11386 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11387 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11388 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11389 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11390 and window-state is not restored.
11392 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11393 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11395 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11396 t All existing frames can be reused.
11397 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11398 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11399 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11400 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11402 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11403 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11404 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11405 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11406 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11407 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11408 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11409 be created from that parameter alist.
11411 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11412 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11413 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11414 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11415 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11416 - the live frame just restored,
11417 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11418 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11419 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11421 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11422 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11423 nil Keep all frames.
11424 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11425 - FRAME, a live frame.
11426 - ACTION, which can be one of
11427 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11428 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11429 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11430 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11431 Return value is ignored.
11433 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11434 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11435 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11436 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11437 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11439 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11441 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11443 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11444 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11445 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11447 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11449 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11450 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11451 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11453 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11455 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11456 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11457 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11458 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11460 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11462 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11464 ;;;***
11466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11467 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11468 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11469 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11471 ;;;***
11473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21350 58112
11474 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11477 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11478 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11479 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11481 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11483 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11484 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11485 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11486 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11487 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11488 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11489 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11493 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11494 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11495 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11496 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11498 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11499 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11500 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11501 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11502 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11504 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11505 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11506 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11507 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11509 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11510 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11511 shown in some of the buffers.
11513 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11515 The following commands help control operation :
11517 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11518 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11520 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11521 detailed description of this mode.
11524 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11525 | GDB Toolbar |
11526 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11527 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11528 | | |
11529 | | |
11530 | | |
11531 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11532 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11533 | | (comint-mode) |
11534 | | |
11535 | | |
11536 | | |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 | | |
11540 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11541 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11542 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11543 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11544 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11545 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11547 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11549 ;;;***
11551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11552 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11555 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11556 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11557 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11558 instead (which see).")
11560 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11561 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11563 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11564 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11565 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11566 documentation string instead.
11568 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11569 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11570 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11571 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11572 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11573 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11574 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11575 enders are actually possible.
11577 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11578 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11580 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11581 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11582 `font-lock-keywords'.
11584 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11585 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11586 runs the macro expansion.
11588 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11589 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11590 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11592 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11594 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11596 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11598 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11600 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11601 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11603 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11605 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11606 Enter generic mode MODE.
11608 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11609 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11610 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11612 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11613 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11615 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11617 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11618 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11619 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11620 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11621 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11622 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11623 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11624 `font-lock-keywords'.
11626 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11628 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11630 ;;;***
11632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11633 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11636 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11637 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11639 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11640 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11641 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11645 ;;;***
11647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21326 22692
11648 ;;;;;; 123234 0))
11649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11651 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11652 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11653 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11655 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11657 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11658 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11660 Guideline for numbers:
11661 1 - error messages
11662 3 - non-serious error messages
11663 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11664 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11665 9 - messages inside loops.
11667 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11669 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11670 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11671 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11673 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11675 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11676 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11678 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11680 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11681 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11683 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11684 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11685 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11686 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11687 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11688 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11690 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11691 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11692 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11693 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11694 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11696 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11698 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11700 ;;;***
11702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11704 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11705 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11706 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11708 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11709 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11713 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11714 Read network news.
11715 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11716 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11717 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11718 name of an NNTP server to use.
11719 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11720 server.
11722 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11724 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11725 Read news as a slave.
11727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11729 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11730 Pop up a frame to read news.
11731 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11732 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11733 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11734 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11735 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11736 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11737 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11738 current display is used.
11740 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11742 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11743 Read network news.
11744 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11745 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11746 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11748 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11750 ;;;***
11752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21274 64565
11753 ;;;;;; 737222 0))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11756 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11757 Start Gnus unplugged.
11759 \(fn)" t nil)
11761 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11762 Start Gnus plugged.
11764 \(fn)" t nil)
11766 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11767 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11771 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11772 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11774 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11775 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11776 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11778 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11779 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11780 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11782 \(fn)" t nil)
11784 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11785 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11787 \(fn)" nil nil)
11789 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11790 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11791 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11792 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11793 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11794 supported.
11796 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11798 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11800 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11801 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11802 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11803 supported.
11805 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11807 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11810 \(fn)" nil nil)
11812 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11813 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11814 downloaded into the agent.
11816 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11818 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11819 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11820 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11821 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11823 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11826 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11828 \(fn)" t nil)
11830 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11831 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11833 \(fn)" t nil)
11835 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11836 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11837 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11839 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11841 ;;;***
11843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21481 59815
11844 ;;;;;; 980216 0))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11847 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11848 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11850 \(fn)" nil nil)
11852 ;;;***
11854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11855 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11858 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11859 Set a bookmark for this article.
11861 \(fn)" t nil)
11863 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11864 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11866 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11868 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11869 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11870 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11871 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11872 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11874 \(fn)" t nil)
11876 ;;;***
11878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21296 1575
11879 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11882 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11883 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11885 Usage:
11886 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11888 \(fn)" t nil)
11890 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11891 Generate the cache active file.
11893 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11895 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11896 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11898 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11900 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11901 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11902 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11903 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11904 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11905 supported.
11907 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11909 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11910 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11911 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11912 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11913 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11914 supported.
11916 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11918 ;;;***
11920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11921 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11924 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11925 Delay this article by some time.
11926 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11928 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11929 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11931 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11932 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11934 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11935 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11937 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11939 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11940 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11942 \(fn)" t nil)
11944 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11945 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11946 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11947 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11949 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11950 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11952 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11954 ;;;***
11956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11957 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11958 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11960 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11963 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11965 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11968 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11970 ;;;***
11972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
11973 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11976 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11977 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11981 ;;;***
11983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
11984 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11987 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11988 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11990 \(fn)" t nil)
11992 ;;;***
11994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21355 22953
11995 ;;;;;; 61816 0))
11996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11998 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
11999 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12001 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12003 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12005 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12006 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12008 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12010 \(fn)" t nil)
12012 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12013 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12015 \(fn)" t nil)
12017 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12018 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12020 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12021 different input formats.
12023 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12025 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12026 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12028 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12029 different input formats.
12031 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12033 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12034 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12035 The PNG is returned as a string.
12037 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12039 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12040 Convert FILE to a Face.
12041 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12042 726 bytes.
12044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12046 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12047 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12049 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12051 \(fn)" t nil)
12053 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12054 Insert a randome Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12056 \(fn)" nil nil)
12058 ;;;***
12060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12061 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12064 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12065 Display gravatar in the From header.
12066 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12068 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12070 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12071 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12072 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12076 ;;;***
12078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21296 1575
12079 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12082 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12083 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12084 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12085 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12087 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12089 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12090 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12092 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12094 ;;;***
12096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21296 1575
12097 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12100 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12103 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12105 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12108 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12110 ;;;***
12112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12113 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12116 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12118 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12119 Run batched scoring.
12120 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12122 \(fn)" t nil)
12124 ;;;***
12126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12127 ;;;;;; 0))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12130 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12133 \(fn)" nil nil)
12135 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12136 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12137 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12139 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12141 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12142 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12144 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12148 ;;;***
12150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21296 1575
12151 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12154 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12155 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12156 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12157 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12158 group parameters.
12160 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12161 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12162 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12163 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12165 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12166 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12167 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12168 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12169 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12170 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12171 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12172 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12173 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12174 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12176 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12178 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12179 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12180 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12181 nil CATCH-ALL).
12183 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12184 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12186 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12188 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12189 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12190 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12192 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12194 \(fn)" nil nil)
12196 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12197 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12198 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12200 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12202 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12203 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12204 existing groups are considered.
12206 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12207 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12208 returned.
12210 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12211 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12212 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12213 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12214 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12215 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12216 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12217 clauses will be generated.
12219 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12220 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12221 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12222 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12223 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12224 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12226 For example, given the following group parameters:
12228 nnml:mail.bar:
12229 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12230 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12231 nnml:mail.foo:
12232 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12233 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12234 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12235 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12236 nnml:mail.others:
12237 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12239 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12241 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12242 \"mail.bar\")
12243 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12244 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12245 \"mail.others\")
12247 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12249 ;;;***
12251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21467 26920
12252 ;;;;;; 243336 0))
12253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12255 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12256 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12257 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12258 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12259 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12260 instead.
12262 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12264 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12265 Mail to ADDRESS.
12267 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12269 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12270 Like `message-reply'.
12272 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12274 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12276 ;;;***
12278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12279 ;;;;;; (21296 1575 438327 0))
12280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12282 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12283 Send a notification on new message.
12284 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12285 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12286 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12288 This is typically a function to add in
12289 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12291 \(fn)" nil nil)
12293 ;;;***
12295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21296 1575
12296 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12299 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12300 Display picons in the From header.
12301 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12303 \(fn)" t nil)
12305 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12306 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12307 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12309 \(fn)" t nil)
12311 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12312 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12313 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12315 \(fn)" t nil)
12317 ;;;***
12319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12320 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12323 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12324 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12325 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12326 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12328 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12331 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12332 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12333 LIST1 is modified.
12335 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12337 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12338 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12339 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12341 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12343 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12346 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12348 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12349 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12350 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12352 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12354 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12355 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12356 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12358 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12360 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12362 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12363 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12364 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12366 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12368 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12369 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12370 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12372 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12374 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12375 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12376 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12378 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12380 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12381 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12383 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12385 ;;;***
12387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21350
12388 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
12389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12391 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12392 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12394 \(fn)" t nil)
12396 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12397 Install the registry hooks.
12399 \(fn)" t nil)
12401 ;;;***
12403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12404 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12407 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12408 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12409 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12410 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12411 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12412 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12414 \(fn)" t nil)
12416 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12417 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12418 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12419 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12420 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12422 \(fn)" t nil)
12424 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12429 ;;;***
12431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21296 1575
12432 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12435 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12436 Update the format specification near point.
12438 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12440 ;;;***
12442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21434 29609
12443 ;;;;;; 547282 0))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12446 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12447 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12449 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12451 ;;;***
12453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21485 56871
12454 ;;;;;; 932720 0))
12455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12457 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12458 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12459 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12461 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12463 ;;;***
12465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12466 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12469 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12470 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12472 \(fn)" t nil)
12474 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12475 Install the sync hooks.
12477 \(fn)" t nil)
12479 ;;;***
12481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12482 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12485 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12486 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12488 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12490 ;;;***
12492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21427 56357 771874
12493 ;;;;;; 0))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12496 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12497 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12498 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12499 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12500 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12501 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12503 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12505 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12507 ;;;***
12509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12510 ;;;;;; 0))
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12513 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12514 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12516 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12517 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12518 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12520 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12521 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12522 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12524 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12525 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12527 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12528 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12530 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12532 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12534 ;;;***
12536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12537 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12540 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12542 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12543 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12544 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12545 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12546 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12548 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12550 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12551 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12552 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12553 or to send e-mail.
12554 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12555 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12557 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12558 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12560 \(fn)" t nil)
12561 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12563 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12564 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12566 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12567 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12571 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12572 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12576 ;;;***
12578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21296 1575 438327
12579 ;;;;;; 0))
12580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12582 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12583 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12584 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12586 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12588 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12589 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12591 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12593 ;;;***
12595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21356 43818 957743
12596 ;;;;;; 0))
12597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12599 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12600 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12602 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12604 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12605 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12606 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12607 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12608 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12610 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12611 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12612 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12614 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12616 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12617 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12618 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12619 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12620 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12622 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12624 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12625 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12627 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12629 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12630 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12632 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12633 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12634 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12636 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12637 The default find program.
12638 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12639 and others.")
12641 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12642 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12643 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12644 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12646 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12647 How to invoke find and grep.
12648 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12649 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12650 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12651 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12653 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12655 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12656 History list for grep.")
12658 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12659 History list for grep-find.")
12661 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12662 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12663 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12665 \(fn)" nil nil)
12667 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12670 \(fn)" nil nil)
12672 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12673 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12675 \(fn)" nil nil)
12677 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12678 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12679 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12680 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12681 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12683 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12684 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12686 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12687 can easily repeat a grep command.
12689 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12690 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12691 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12692 list is empty).
12694 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12696 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12697 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12698 Collect output in a buffer.
12699 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12700 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12702 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12703 easily repeat a find command.
12705 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12707 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12709 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12710 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12711 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12712 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12713 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12715 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12716 before it is executed.
12717 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12719 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12720 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12721 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12723 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12725 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12727 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12728 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12729 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12730 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12731 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12733 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12734 before it is executed.
12735 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12737 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12738 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12739 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12740 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12742 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12744 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12745 to specify a command to run.
12747 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12749 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12750 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12751 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12752 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12754 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12756 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12758 ;;;***
12760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12763 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12764 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12765 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12766 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12767 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12769 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12771 ;;;***
12773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21484 36010 707226
12774 ;;;;;; 0))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12777 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12778 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12779 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12780 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12782 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12785 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12786 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12787 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12789 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12791 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12792 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12793 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12794 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12796 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12798 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12799 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12800 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12801 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12803 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12804 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12806 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12808 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12809 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12810 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12811 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12813 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12815 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12816 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12817 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12818 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12820 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12822 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12823 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12824 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12825 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12827 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12829 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12830 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12831 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12832 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12833 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12835 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12836 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12837 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12838 original source file access method.
12840 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12841 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12843 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12845 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12846 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12848 \(fn)" t nil)
12850 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12851 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12852 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12855 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12857 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12859 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12860 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12862 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12863 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12867 ;;;***
12869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21388 20265 495157
12870 ;;;;;; 0))
12871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12873 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12874 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12875 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12876 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12877 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12878 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12879 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12880 set it to.
12881 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12883 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12885 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12886 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12887 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12888 of PLACE.
12889 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12890 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12891 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12892 and SETTER.
12893 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12894 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12896 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12898 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12900 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12901 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12902 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12903 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12904 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12906 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12908 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12910 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12913 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12915 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12917 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12919 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12920 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12921 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12922 well for simple place forms.
12923 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12924 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12925 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12926 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12927 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12928 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12929 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12931 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12933 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12935 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12936 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12937 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12938 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12939 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12941 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12942 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12943 (let ((temp VAL))
12944 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12945 temp)
12946 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12948 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12950 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12951 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12952 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12953 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12954 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12955 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12957 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12959 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12961 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12962 Return a reference to PLACE.
12963 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12964 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12965 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12966 binding mode.
12968 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12970 ;;;***
12972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12973 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
12974 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12976 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12977 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12978 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12979 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12981 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12982 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12983 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12984 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12986 \(fn)" t nil)
12988 ;;;***
12990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
12991 ;;;;;; 0))
12992 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12994 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12995 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12997 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12999 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13000 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13001 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13002 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13004 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13006 \(fn)" t nil)
13008 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13009 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13010 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13011 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13012 to be updated.
13014 \(fn)" t nil)
13016 ;;;***
13018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21296 1575 438327
13019 ;;;;;; 0))
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13022 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13023 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13027 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13028 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13029 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13031 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13033 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13034 Verify a hashcash payment
13036 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13038 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13039 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13040 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13041 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13042 `mail-add-payment-async').
13044 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13046 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13047 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13048 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13049 Calculation is asynchronous.
13051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13053 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13054 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13055 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13059 ;;;***
13061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13062 ;;;;;; 0))
13063 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13065 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13066 Return the help-echo string at point.
13067 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13068 property, or nil, is returned.
13069 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13070 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13071 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13073 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13075 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13076 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13077 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13078 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13079 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13081 \(fn)" nil nil)
13083 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13084 Display local help in the echo area.
13085 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13086 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13087 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13088 printed instead.
13090 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13091 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13092 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13096 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13097 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13098 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13100 \(fn)" t nil)
13102 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13103 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13104 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13106 \(fn)" t nil)
13108 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13109 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13110 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13111 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13112 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13113 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13114 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13115 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13116 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13117 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13118 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13120 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13121 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13122 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13123 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13124 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13126 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13127 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13128 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13129 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13130 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13131 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13132 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13133 The default is `never'.")
13135 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13137 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13138 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13139 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13140 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13141 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13142 considered different regions.
13144 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13145 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13146 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13147 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13148 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13149 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13150 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13151 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13152 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13154 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13156 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13157 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13158 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13159 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13160 different regions.
13162 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13163 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13164 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13165 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13166 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13167 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13168 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13169 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13171 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13172 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13173 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13174 rarely happens in practice.
13176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13178 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13179 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13180 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13181 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13182 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13183 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13187 ;;;***
13189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21419 62246 751914
13190 ;;;;;; 0))
13191 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13193 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13194 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13196 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13198 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13199 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13200 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13202 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13204 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13205 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13206 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13207 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13208 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13209 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13210 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13211 search for a function definition.
13213 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13214 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13215 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13216 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13217 suitable file is found, return nil.
13219 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13221 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13224 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13226 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13227 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13228 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13229 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13231 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13233 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13234 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13235 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13236 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13237 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13238 it is displayed along with the global value.
13240 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13242 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13243 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13244 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13245 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13247 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13249 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13250 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13251 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13252 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13253 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13257 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13258 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13260 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13262 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13263 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13265 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13267 ;;;***
13269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13270 ;;;;;; 0))
13271 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13273 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13274 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13275 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13276 window listing and describing the options.
13277 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13278 gives the window that lists the options.")
13280 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13282 ;;;***
13284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13285 ;;;;;; 0))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13288 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13289 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13290 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13291 Commands:
13292 \\{help-mode-map}
13294 \(fn)" t nil)
13296 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13299 \(fn)" nil nil)
13301 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13304 \(fn)" nil nil)
13306 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13307 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13309 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13310 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13311 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13312 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13314 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13315 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13316 restore it properly when going back.
13318 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13320 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13321 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13322 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13323 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13324 from `help-mode'.
13325 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13326 it does not already exist.
13328 \(fn)" nil nil)
13330 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13331 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13333 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13334 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13335 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13336 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13337 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13338 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13339 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13340 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13342 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13343 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13344 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13345 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13347 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13348 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13349 that.
13351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13353 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13354 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13355 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13356 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13357 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13358 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13360 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13362 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13363 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13364 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13365 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13366 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13368 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13370 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13371 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13373 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13375 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13376 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13377 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13378 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13380 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13382 ;;;***
13384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13385 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13388 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13389 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13391 \(fn)" t nil)
13393 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13394 Provide help for current mode.
13396 \(fn)" t nil)
13398 ;;;***
13400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13403 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13404 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13405 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13406 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13407 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13409 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13410 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13412 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13413 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13414 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13415 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13417 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13418 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13419 periods.
13421 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13422 in hexl format.
13424 A sample format:
13426 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13427 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13428 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13429 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13430 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13431 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13432 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13433 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13434 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13435 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13436 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13437 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13438 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13439 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13440 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13442 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13443 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13444 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13446 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13447 also supported.
13449 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13451 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13452 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13453 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13455 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13456 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13457 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13459 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13460 into the buffer at the current point.
13462 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13463 into the buffer at the current point.
13465 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13466 into the buffer at the current point.
13468 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13470 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13471 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13473 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13475 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13479 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13480 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13481 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13482 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13484 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13486 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13487 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13488 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13490 \(fn)" t nil)
13492 ;;;***
13494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
13495 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13497 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13498 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13500 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13501 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13503 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13504 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13505 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13506 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13508 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13509 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13510 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13511 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13513 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13514 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13515 which can be called interactively, are:
13517 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13518 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13520 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13521 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13522 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13523 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13525 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13526 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13528 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13529 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13530 available face automatically.
13532 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13533 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13535 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13536 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13537 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13538 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13539 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13540 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13541 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13542 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13543 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13544 function returns t.
13546 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13547 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13549 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13550 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13551 form:
13552 Hi-lock: FOO
13554 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13555 position (number of characters into buffer)
13556 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13557 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13558 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13562 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13563 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13564 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13567 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13569 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13571 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13572 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13573 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13574 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13575 ARG is omitted or nil.
13577 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13578 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13579 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13583 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13585 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13586 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13587 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13588 Use the global history list for FACE.
13590 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13591 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13592 highlighting will not update as you type.
13594 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13596 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13598 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13599 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13600 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13601 Use the global history list for FACE.
13603 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13604 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13605 highlighting will not update as you type.
13607 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13609 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13611 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13612 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13613 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13614 Use the global history list for FACE.
13616 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13617 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13618 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13620 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13621 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13622 highlighting will not update as you type.
13624 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13626 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13628 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13629 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13630 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13631 unless you use a prefix argument.
13632 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13634 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13635 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13637 \(fn)" t nil)
13639 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13641 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13642 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13643 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13644 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13645 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13646 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13648 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13650 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13651 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13653 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13654 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13655 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13657 \(fn)" t nil)
13659 ;;;***
13661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21452 59559
13662 ;;;;;; 901066 0))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13665 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13666 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13668 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13669 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13671 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13672 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13673 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13674 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13676 `hide-ifdef-env'
13677 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13678 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13679 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13680 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13681 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13682 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13683 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13685 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13686 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13687 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13688 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13689 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13691 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13692 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13693 #endif lines when hiding.
13695 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13696 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13697 is activated.
13699 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13700 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13701 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13703 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13707 ;;;***
13709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21460 53672
13710 ;;;;;; 48319 0))
13711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13713 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13714 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13715 Each element has the form
13716 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13718 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13719 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13721 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13722 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13724 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13725 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13726 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13727 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13728 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13729 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13731 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13732 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13734 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13735 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13737 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13738 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13739 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13741 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13742 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13744 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13745 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13747 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13748 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13749 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13751 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13752 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13753 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13755 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13756 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13758 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13760 Key bindings:
13761 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13765 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13766 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13768 \(fn)" nil nil)
13770 ;;;***
13772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21271 1974 113743
13773 ;;;;;; 0))
13774 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13776 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13777 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13779 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13780 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13782 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13783 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13784 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13785 this on and off.
13787 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13788 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13789 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13790 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13791 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13792 through various faces.
13793 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13794 buffer with the contents of a file
13795 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13800 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13802 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13803 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13805 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13806 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13807 in a distinctive face.
13809 The default value can be customized with variable
13810 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13812 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13816 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13817 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13818 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13820 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13822 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13823 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13825 \(fn)" t nil)
13827 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13828 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13830 \(fn)" t nil)
13832 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13833 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13835 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13836 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13837 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13838 shown in the last face in the list.
13840 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13841 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13842 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13844 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13846 \(fn)" t nil)
13848 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13849 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13851 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13853 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13854 to save the file.
13856 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13857 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13859 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13860 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13861 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13863 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13865 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13866 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13868 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13869 this function is called interactively.
13871 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13872 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13873 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13875 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13876 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13877 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13879 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13881 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13882 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13883 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13884 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13885 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13886 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13888 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13890 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13891 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13892 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13893 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13894 ARG is omitted or nil.
13896 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13897 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13898 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13902 ;;;***
13904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21402 53158 293492
13905 ;;;;;; 0))
13906 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13907 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13909 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13910 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13911 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13912 or insert functions in this list.")
13914 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13916 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13917 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13918 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13919 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13920 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13921 expansions.
13922 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13923 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13924 undoes the expansion.
13926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13928 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13929 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13930 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13931 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13933 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13935 ;;;***
13937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13938 ;;;;;; 0))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13941 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13942 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13947 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13948 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13949 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13950 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13951 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13952 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13954 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13955 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13956 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13957 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13961 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13962 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13963 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13965 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13966 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13968 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13970 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13971 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13976 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13977 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13978 windows.
13980 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13981 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13985 ;;;***
13987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
13988 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13991 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13993 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13994 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13995 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13997 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13999 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14001 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14003 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14004 Oriental holidays.
14005 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14007 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14009 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14011 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14013 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14014 Local holidays.
14015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14017 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14019 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14021 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14023 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14024 User defined holidays.
14025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14027 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14029 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14031 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14032 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14034 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14036 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14037 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14039 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14041 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14042 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14044 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14046 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14047 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14049 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14051 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14053 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14054 Jewish holidays.
14055 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14057 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14059 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14061 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14063 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14064 Christian holidays.
14065 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14067 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14069 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14071 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14073 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14074 Islamic holidays.
14075 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14077 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14079 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14081 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14083 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14084 Bahá'í holidays.
14085 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14087 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14089 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14091 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14093 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14094 Sun-related holidays.
14095 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14097 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14099 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14101 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14103 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14104 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14105 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14106 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14110 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14111 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14112 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14113 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14114 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14116 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14117 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14119 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14120 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14122 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14123 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14124 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14125 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14126 of a holiday list.
14128 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14130 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14132 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14134 ;;;***
14136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21417 20521
14137 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
14138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14140 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14141 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14143 \(fn)" t nil)
14145 ;;;***
14147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21383 2343
14148 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
14149 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14150 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14152 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14153 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14154 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14155 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14156 as possible.
14158 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14159 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14160 fontified display.
14162 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14163 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14165 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14166 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14167 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14169 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14171 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14172 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14173 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14175 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14177 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14179 ;;;***
14181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
14182 ;;;;;; 0))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14185 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14186 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14188 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14189 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14190 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14192 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14193 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14194 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14195 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14196 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14197 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14199 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14200 title of the column.
14202 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14203 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14204 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14205 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14206 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14208 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14210 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14211 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14212 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14213 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14214 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14216 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14217 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14218 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14220 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14222 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14223 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14224 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14225 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14226 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14227 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14229 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14230 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14231 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14232 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14233 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14234 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14235 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14236 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14237 values are:
14238 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14239 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14240 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14241 buffer's modification flag.
14242 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14243 prompted before performing this operation.
14244 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14245 operation is complete, in the form:
14246 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14247 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14248 confirmation message, in the form:
14249 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14250 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14251 macro for exactly what it does.
14253 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14255 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14256 Define a filter named NAME.
14257 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14258 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14259 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14261 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14262 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14263 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14264 bound to the current value of the filter.
14266 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14268 ;;;***
14270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21508 18343 5038 0))
14271 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14273 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14274 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14275 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14276 buffers which are visiting a file.
14278 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14280 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14281 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14282 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14283 buffers which are visiting a file.
14285 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14287 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14288 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14289 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14291 All arguments are optional.
14292 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14293 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14294 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14295 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14296 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14297 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14298 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14299 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14300 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14301 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14302 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14303 that value locally in this buffer.
14305 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14307 ;;;***
14309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21480
14310 ;;;;;; 38952 540043 0))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14312 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14314 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14315 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14316 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14317 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14319 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14321 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14322 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14323 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14324 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14325 ICAL-FILENAME.
14326 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14327 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14328 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14330 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14332 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14333 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14334 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14335 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14336 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14337 non-marking or not.
14339 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14341 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14342 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14344 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14345 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14346 DIARY-FILE.
14348 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14349 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14350 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14352 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14353 non-marking.
14355 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14356 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14357 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14359 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14361 ;;;***
14363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21268 25782 576189
14364 ;;;;;; 0))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14367 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14368 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14369 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14371 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14372 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14374 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14376 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14377 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14378 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14379 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14380 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14382 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14383 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14384 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14385 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14387 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14388 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14390 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14391 completions:
14393 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14397 ;;;***
14399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14400 ;;;;;; 0))
14401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14403 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14404 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14405 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14406 Tab indents for Icon code.
14407 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14408 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14409 \\{icon-mode-map}
14410 Variables controlling indentation style:
14411 icon-tab-always-indent
14412 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14413 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14414 icon-auto-newline
14415 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14416 inserted in Icon code.
14417 icon-indent-level
14418 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14419 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14420 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14421 icon-continued-statement-offset
14422 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14423 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14424 icon-continued-brace-offset
14425 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14426 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14427 icon-brace-offset
14428 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14429 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14430 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14431 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14433 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14434 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14436 \(fn)" t nil)
14438 ;;;***
14440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21429
14441 ;;;;;; 11690 49391 0))
14442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14444 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14445 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14446 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14447 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14449 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14450 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14451 separate frames.
14453 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14454 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14456 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14457 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14458 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14460 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14462 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14464 ;;;***
14466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21429 11690
14467 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14469 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14471 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14472 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14474 The main features of this mode are
14476 1. Indentation and Formatting
14477 --------------------------
14478 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14479 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14481 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14482 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14483 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14484 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14486 Comments are indented as follows:
14488 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14489 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14490 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14492 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14494 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14495 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14496 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14497 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14498 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14499 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14501 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14502 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14503 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14504 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14506 2. Routine Info
14507 ------------
14508 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14509 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14510 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14511 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14512 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14513 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14514 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14515 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14516 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14517 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14519 3. Online IDL Help
14520 ---------------
14522 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14523 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14524 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14525 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14527 4. Completion
14528 ----------
14529 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14530 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14531 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14532 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14533 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14534 upper case.
14536 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14537 --------------------------------
14538 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14539 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14541 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14542 \\fu FUNCTION template
14543 \\c CASE statement template
14544 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14545 \\f FOR loop template
14546 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14547 \\w WHILE loop template
14548 \\i IF statement template
14549 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14550 \\b BEGIN
14552 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14553 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14555 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14556 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14557 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14558 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14560 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14561 -------------------------
14562 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14563 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14565 7. Automatic END completion
14566 ------------------------
14567 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14568 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14570 8. Hooks
14571 -----
14572 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14573 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14575 9. Documentation and Customization
14576 -------------------------------
14577 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14578 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14579 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14580 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14581 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14582 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14584 10.Keybindings
14585 -----------
14586 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14587 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14588 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14590 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14592 \(fn)" t nil)
14594 ;;;***
14596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21268 25782 576189 0))
14597 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14599 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14600 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14601 The following values are possible:
14602 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14603 displaying...)
14604 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14605 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14606 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14609 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14611 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14613 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14614 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14615 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14616 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14617 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14618 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14619 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14620 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14621 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14625 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14626 Switch to another buffer.
14627 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14628 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14629 in another frame.
14631 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14632 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14633 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14634 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14635 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14637 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14638 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14640 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14642 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14643 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14644 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14645 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14646 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14647 in a separate window.
14648 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14649 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14650 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14651 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14652 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14653 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14654 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14655 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14656 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14658 \(fn)" t nil)
14660 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14661 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14662 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14663 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14665 \(fn)" t nil)
14667 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14668 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14669 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14670 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14672 \(fn)" t nil)
14674 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14675 Kill a buffer.
14676 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14677 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14679 \(fn)" t nil)
14681 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14682 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14683 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14684 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14686 \(fn)" t nil)
14688 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14689 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14690 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14691 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14693 \(fn)" t nil)
14695 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14696 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14698 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14700 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14701 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14703 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14704 in another frame.
14706 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14707 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14708 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14709 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14710 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14711 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14713 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14714 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14716 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14718 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14719 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14720 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14721 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14722 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14723 in a separate window.
14724 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14725 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14726 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14727 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14728 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14729 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14730 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14731 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14732 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14733 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14734 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14735 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14736 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14737 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14738 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14739 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14740 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14741 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14745 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14746 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14747 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14752 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14753 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14754 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14759 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14760 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14761 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14766 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14767 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14768 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14773 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14774 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14775 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14776 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14778 \(fn)" t nil)
14780 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14781 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14782 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14783 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14785 \(fn)" t nil)
14787 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14788 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14789 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14790 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14792 \(fn)" t nil)
14794 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14795 Write current buffer to a file.
14796 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14797 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14799 \(fn)" t nil)
14801 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14802 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14803 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14804 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14806 \(fn)" t nil)
14808 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14809 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14810 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14813 \(fn)" t nil)
14815 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14816 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14817 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14818 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14819 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14820 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14822 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14824 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14825 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14826 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14827 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14829 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14831 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14832 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14833 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14834 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14836 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14838 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14839 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14840 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14841 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14842 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14843 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14844 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14845 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14846 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14847 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14848 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14849 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14850 with point positioned at the end.
14851 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14852 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14854 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14856 ;;;***
14858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
14859 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14861 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14862 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14863 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14864 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14866 \(fn)" t nil)
14868 ;;;***
14870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21289 28325 826818 0))
14871 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14873 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14875 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14876 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14878 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14879 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14880 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14884 ;;;***
14886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21261 4487 230861 399000))
14887 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14889 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14890 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14891 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14892 be determined.
14894 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14896 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14897 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14898 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14899 be determined.
14901 \(fn)" nil nil)
14903 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14904 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14905 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14906 be determined.
14908 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14910 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14911 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14912 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14913 be determined.
14915 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14917 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14918 Determine and return image type.
14919 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14920 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14921 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14922 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14923 use its file extension as image type.
14924 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14926 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14928 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14929 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14930 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14932 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14934 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14935 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14936 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14938 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14939 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14940 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14941 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14942 must be available.
14944 \(fn)" nil nil)
14946 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14947 Create an image.
14948 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14949 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14950 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14951 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14952 use its file extension as image type.
14953 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14954 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14955 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14956 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14958 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14960 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14961 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14962 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14964 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14966 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14967 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14968 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14969 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14970 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14971 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14972 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14973 POS may be an integer or marker.
14974 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14975 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14976 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14977 means display it in the right marginal area.
14979 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14981 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14982 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14983 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14984 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14985 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14986 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14987 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14988 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14989 means display it in the right marginal area.
14990 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14991 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14992 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14993 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14994 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14996 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14998 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14999 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15000 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15001 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15002 STRING is a single space.
15003 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15004 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15005 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15006 means display it in the right marginal area.
15007 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15009 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15011 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15012 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15013 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15014 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15016 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15018 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15019 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15021 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15023 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15024 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15025 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15026 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15027 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15028 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15029 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15030 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15031 satisfied.
15033 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15035 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15037 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15039 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15040 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15042 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15043 documentation string.
15045 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15046 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15047 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15048 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15049 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15050 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15051 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15052 define SYMBOL.
15054 Example:
15056 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15057 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15059 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15061 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15063 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15064 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15065 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15066 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15068 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15069 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15070 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15071 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15073 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15075 \(fn)" nil nil)
15077 ;;;***
15079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15080 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15081 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15082 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15084 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15085 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15086 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15087 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15088 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15089 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15093 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15094 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15096 Convenience command that:
15098 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15099 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15100 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15102 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15103 image files in dired and type
15104 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15106 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15108 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15109 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15111 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15114 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15115 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15116 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15117 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15118 another one).
15120 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15121 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15122 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15124 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15125 instead of erasing it first.
15127 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15128 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15129 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15130 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15131 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15132 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15134 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15136 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15137 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15138 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15139 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15140 displayed.
15142 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15144 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15146 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15148 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15149 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15151 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15153 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15154 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15155 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15157 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15160 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15162 \(fn)" t nil)
15164 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15165 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15166 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15167 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15169 \(fn)" t nil)
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15172 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15174 \(fn)" t nil)
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15177 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15179 \(fn)" t nil)
15181 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15182 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15184 \(fn)" t nil)
15186 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15187 Display current image file.
15188 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15189 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15194 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15196 \(fn)" t nil)
15198 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15199 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15200 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15201 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15202 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15203 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15204 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15209 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15210 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15211 easy-to-use form.
15213 \(fn)" t nil)
15215 ;;;***
15217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15218 ;;;;;; 0))
15219 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15221 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15222 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15223 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15224 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15226 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15227 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15228 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15229 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15231 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15233 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15234 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15235 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15236 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15238 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15239 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15240 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15241 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15243 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15245 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15246 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15248 \(fn)" nil nil)
15250 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15251 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15252 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15253 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15255 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15257 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15258 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15259 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15262 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15264 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15266 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15267 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15272 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15273 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15274 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15278 ;;;***
15280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21483 15143 105233
15281 ;;;;;; 0))
15282 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15284 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15285 Major mode for image files.
15286 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15287 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15289 Key bindings:
15290 \\{image-mode-map}
15292 \(fn)" t nil)
15294 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15295 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15300 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15301 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15302 actual image.
15304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15306 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15307 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15308 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15309 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15310 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15311 to display an image file as the actual image.
15313 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15314 to display an image file as text initially.
15316 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15317 on these modes.
15319 \(fn)" t nil)
15321 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15324 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15326 ;;;***
15328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21257 55477 969423 0))
15329 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15331 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15332 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15334 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15336 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15337 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15338 in the buffer.
15340 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15342 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15343 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15344 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15346 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15348 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15349 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15350 Each element of this list should have the form
15352 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15354 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15355 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15356 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15357 matches are put).
15358 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15359 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15360 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15361 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15362 another element.
15363 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15364 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15365 the menu item.
15366 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15367 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15368 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15369 the ARGUMENTS.
15371 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15372 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15373 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15375 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15376 create a buffer index.
15378 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15379 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15380 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15381 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15382 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15384 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15386 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15387 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15389 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15390 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15391 called within a `save-excursion'.
15393 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15395 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15397 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15398 Function for finding the next index position.
15400 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15401 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15402 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15403 file.
15405 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15406 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15408 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15410 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15411 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15413 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15414 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15415 It should return the name for that index item.")
15417 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15419 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15420 Function to compare string with index item.
15422 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15423 non-nil if they match.
15425 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15426 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15427 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15428 arguments match\".")
15430 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15432 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15433 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15434 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15436 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15437 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15439 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15441 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15443 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15444 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15445 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15446 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15448 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15450 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15451 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15453 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15455 \(fn)" t nil)
15457 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15458 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15459 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15460 for more information.
15462 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15464 ;;;***
15466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15467 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15468 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15470 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15471 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15473 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15475 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15478 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15480 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15483 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15485 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15488 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15490 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15491 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15495 ;;;***
15497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21437 5802
15498 ;;;;;; 125919 0))
15499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15501 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15502 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15503 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15504 to that buffer.
15505 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15506 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15507 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15508 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15510 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15512 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15514 ;;;***
15516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21480 38952 540043 0))
15517 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15519 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15520 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15521 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15522 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15523 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15524 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15525 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15526 first in this list.
15528 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15529 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15530 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15531 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15532 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15534 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15535 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15536 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15538 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15539 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15541 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15542 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15544 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15545 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15546 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15547 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15548 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15549 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15550 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15551 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15552 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15553 with the top-level Info directory.
15555 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15556 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15558 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15560 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15561 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15562 in all the directories in that path.
15564 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15566 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15568 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15569 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15571 \(fn)" t nil)
15573 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15574 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15576 \(fn)" t nil)
15578 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15579 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15580 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15581 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15583 \(fn)" nil nil)
15585 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15586 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15587 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15588 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15590 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15592 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15593 Go to the Info directory node.
15595 \(fn)" t nil)
15597 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15598 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15599 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15600 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15601 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15602 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15604 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15606 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15607 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15608 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15610 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15612 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15613 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15614 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15615 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15616 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15618 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15620 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15621 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15622 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15623 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15624 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15626 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15627 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15629 Selecting other nodes:
15630 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15631 Follow a node reference you click on.
15632 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15633 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15634 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15635 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15636 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15637 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15638 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15639 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15640 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15641 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15642 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15643 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15644 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15645 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15646 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15647 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15648 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15649 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15650 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15651 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15653 Moving within a node:
15654 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15655 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15656 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15657 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15658 move up to the parent node.
15659 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15660 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15661 if there is none.
15662 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15664 Advanced commands:
15665 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15666 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15667 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15668 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15669 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15670 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15671 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15672 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15673 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15674 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15675 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15676 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15677 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15678 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15679 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15680 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15682 \(fn)" t nil)
15683 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15685 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15686 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15687 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15688 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15689 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15690 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15692 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15693 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15695 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15696 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15697 KEY is a string.
15698 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15699 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15700 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15701 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15703 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15705 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15706 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15707 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15709 \(fn)" t nil)
15711 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15712 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15713 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15715 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15717 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15718 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15719 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15720 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15722 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15724 ;;;***
15726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15727 ;;;;;; 0))
15728 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15730 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15731 Throw away all cached data.
15732 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15733 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15734 system.
15736 \(fn)" t nil)
15737 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15739 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15740 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15741 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15742 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15743 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15744 one found at point.
15746 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15748 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15749 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15751 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15752 Display the documentation of a file.
15753 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15754 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15755 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15756 The default file name is the one found at point.
15758 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15760 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15762 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15763 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15765 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15767 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15768 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15770 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15772 ;;;***
15774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15775 ;;;;;; 0))
15776 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15777 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15779 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15780 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15781 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15782 current info file is the default.
15784 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15785 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15786 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15787 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15788 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15790 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15791 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15792 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15793 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15794 mistake in the reference.
15796 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15797 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15798 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15800 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15801 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15802 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15803 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15805 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15807 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15808 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15809 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15810 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15811 checked.
15813 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15814 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15815 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15816 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15817 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15818 should be harmless.
15820 \(fn)" t nil)
15822 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15823 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15824 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15825 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15827 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15828 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15829 and can take a long time.
15831 \(fn)" t nil)
15833 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15834 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15835 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15837 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15839 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15840 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15842 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15843 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15844 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15845 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15846 all builtins).
15848 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15849 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15850 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15851 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15852 the sources handy.
15854 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15856 ;;;***
15858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15859 ;;;;;; 0))
15860 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15862 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15863 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15865 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15867 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15868 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15870 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15872 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15873 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15874 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15875 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15877 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15878 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15879 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15881 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15882 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15883 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15884 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15886 \(fn)" t nil)
15888 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15889 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15890 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15892 \(fn)" t nil)
15894 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15895 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15896 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15897 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15898 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15900 \(fn)" nil nil)
15902 ;;;***
15904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15905 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15907 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15909 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15910 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15911 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15913 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15915 ;;;***
15917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15918 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15921 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15922 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15924 \(fn)" t nil)
15926 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15927 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15929 \(fn)" t nil)
15931 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15934 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15936 ;;;***
15938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15939 ;;;;;; 0))
15940 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15941 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15943 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15944 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15945 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15946 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15947 accessed via isearchb.
15949 \(fn)" t nil)
15951 ;;;***
15953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15954 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15955 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15957 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15958 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15959 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15960 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15961 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15963 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15965 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15966 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15967 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15968 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15969 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15971 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15973 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15974 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15975 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15976 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15981 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15983 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15984 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15989 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15991 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15992 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15997 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15999 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16000 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16007 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16008 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16009 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16011 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16013 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16014 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16015 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16016 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16018 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16020 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16021 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16022 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16023 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16025 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16027 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16028 Warn that format is read-only.
16030 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16032 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16033 Warn that format is write-only.
16035 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16037 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16040 \(fn)" t nil)
16042 ;;;***
16044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16045 ;;;;;; (21240 46395 727291 0))
16046 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16047 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16048 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16050 ;;;***
16052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21356 43818
16053 ;;;;;; 957743 0))
16054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16056 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16058 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16059 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16060 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16061 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16062 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16064 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16066 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16068 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16069 Key map for ispell menu.")
16071 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16072 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16073 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16074 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16076 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16078 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16080 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16082 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16084 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16085 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16086 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16087 Valid forms include:
16088 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16089 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16090 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16091 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16093 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16094 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16095 First list is used raw.
16096 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16098 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16099 for skipping in latex mode.")
16101 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16102 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16103 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16104 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16105 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16106 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16107 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16109 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16110 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16111 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16112 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16114 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16115 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16116 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16117 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16118 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16120 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16121 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16123 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16124 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16126 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16127 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16129 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16130 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16132 Return values:
16133 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16134 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16135 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16136 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16137 quit spell session exited.
16139 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16141 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16142 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16143 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16145 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16147 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16148 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16150 Selections are:
16152 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16153 SPC: Accept word this time.
16154 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16155 `a': Accept word for this session.
16156 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16157 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16158 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16159 `?': Show these commands.
16160 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16161 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16162 the aborted check to be completed later.
16163 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16164 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16165 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16166 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16167 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16168 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16169 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16171 \(fn)" nil nil)
16173 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16174 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16175 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16176 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16178 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16180 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16181 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16182 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16183 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16185 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16187 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16189 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16190 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16191 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16192 amount for last line processed.
16194 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16196 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16197 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16199 \(fn)" t nil)
16201 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16202 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16204 \(fn)" t nil)
16206 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16207 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16208 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16210 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16212 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16213 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16215 \(fn)" t nil)
16217 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16218 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16219 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16220 sequence inside of a word.
16222 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16224 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16226 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16227 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16229 \(fn)" t nil)
16231 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16232 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16233 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16234 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16236 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16237 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16238 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16239 available on the net.
16241 \(fn)" t nil)
16243 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16244 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16245 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16246 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16247 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16249 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16250 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16251 spelled.
16253 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16254 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16255 SPC.
16257 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16258 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16262 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16263 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16264 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16265 Don't check included messages.
16267 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16268 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16269 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16271 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16272 in your init file:
16273 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16274 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16275 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16276 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16278 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16279 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16280 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16282 \(fn)" t nil)
16284 ;;;***
16286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "obsolete/iswitchb.el" (21300 29848
16287 ;;;;;; 351552 156000))
16288 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iswitchb.el
16290 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16291 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16292 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16294 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16295 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16297 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16299 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16300 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16301 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16302 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16303 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16305 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16306 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16310 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4")
16312 ;;;***
16314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16315 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16318 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16321 \(fn)" nil nil)
16323 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16324 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16325 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16326 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16327 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16328 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16329 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16330 necessary to represent OBJ.
16332 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16334 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16335 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16336 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16337 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16339 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16341 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16342 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16343 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16344 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16345 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16347 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16349 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16350 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16351 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16352 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16354 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16356 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16357 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16358 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16359 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16361 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16363 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16364 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16366 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16368 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16369 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16370 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16371 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16372 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16374 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16376 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16378 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16379 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16380 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16382 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16384 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16385 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16386 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16388 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16390 ;;;***
16392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16393 ;;;;;; 0))
16394 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16396 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16397 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16398 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16399 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16401 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16404 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16406 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16407 Uninstall jka-compr.
16408 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16409 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16410 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16412 \(fn)" nil nil)
16414 ;;;***
16416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21388 20265 495157
16417 ;;;;;; 0))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16419 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16421 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16422 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16424 \(fn)" t nil)
16425 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16427 ;;;***
16429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16431 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16433 ;;;***
16435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16436 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16439 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16440 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16441 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16442 decimal key must be specified.")
16444 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16446 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16447 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16448 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16449 decimal key must be specified.")
16451 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16453 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16454 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16455 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16456 decimal key must be specified.")
16458 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16460 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16461 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16462 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16463 decimal key must be specified.")
16465 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16467 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16468 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16469 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16470 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16471 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16472 keys are bound.
16474 Setup Binding
16475 -------------------------------------------------------------
16476 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16477 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16478 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16479 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16480 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16481 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16482 in the global and local keymaps.
16484 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16485 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16487 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16489 ;;;***
16491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16492 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16495 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16496 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16497 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16499 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16500 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16501 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16502 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16503 shorter.
16505 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16506 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16507 the context of text formatting.
16509 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16511 ;;;***
16513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16514 ;;;;;; 0))
16515 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16517 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16518 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16519 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16520 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16521 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16522 positions that contains the current selection.")
16524 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16525 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16526 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16527 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16528 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16529 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16530 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16534 ;;;***
16536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16537 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16538 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16539 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16540 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16541 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16542 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16543 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16544 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16546 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16547 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16548 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16550 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16552 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16553 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16554 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16555 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16556 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16558 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16560 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16561 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16562 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16564 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16565 defining the macro.
16567 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16568 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16569 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16571 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16572 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16574 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16576 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16577 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16578 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16579 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16580 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16581 under that name.
16583 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16584 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16585 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16589 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16590 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16591 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16592 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16594 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16595 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16596 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16597 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16599 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16600 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16602 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16604 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16605 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16606 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16608 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16609 macro.
16611 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16612 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16614 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16615 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16616 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16618 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16619 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16623 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16624 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16625 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16626 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16628 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16630 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16631 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16632 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16633 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16635 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16636 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16638 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16640 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16641 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16642 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16644 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16646 ;;;***
16648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16649 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16652 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16653 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16654 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16656 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16659 \(fn)" nil nil)
16661 ;;;***
16663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21419 7843 195974
16664 ;;;;;; 0))
16665 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16666 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16668 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16670 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16671 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16673 \(fn)" t nil)
16675 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16676 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16677 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16678 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16680 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16681 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16682 none / 1 | yes | no
16683 2 | yes | yes
16684 3 | no | yes
16685 4 | no | no
16687 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16688 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16689 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16691 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16693 ;;;***
16695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16696 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16697 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16699 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16702 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16704 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16705 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16706 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16707 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16708 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16709 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16711 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16712 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16714 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16716 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16717 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16719 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16721 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16724 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16726 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16731 ;;;***
16733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16734 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16735 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16737 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16738 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16739 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16740 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16742 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16744 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16745 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16746 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16748 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16750 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16751 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16752 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16754 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16756 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16757 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16758 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16759 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16761 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16763 ;;;***
16765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16766 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16767 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16769 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16770 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16771 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16772 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16773 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16774 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16775 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16776 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16778 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16779 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16782 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16784 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16786 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16787 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16788 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16789 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16790 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16791 `latin1-display-setup'.
16793 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16795 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16796 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16797 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16798 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16801 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16803 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16805 ;;;***
16807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16808 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16811 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16812 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16814 \(fn)" t nil)
16816 ;;;***
16818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16821 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16822 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16823 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16824 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16825 generations (this defaults to 1).
16827 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16829 ;;;***
16831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16833 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16835 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16836 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16838 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16839 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16841 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16845 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16846 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16847 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16850 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16852 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16854 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16855 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16856 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16857 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16858 ARG is omitted or nil.
16860 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16861 `linum-on' would do it.
16862 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16866 ;;;***
16868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16869 ;;;;;; 0))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16872 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16873 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16874 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16875 is nil, raise an error.
16877 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16878 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16879 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16880 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16881 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16882 defined by the library.
16884 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16885 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16886 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16887 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16888 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16889 proceeds.
16891 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16892 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16893 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16894 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16896 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16898 ;;;***
16900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16903 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16904 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16905 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16907 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16909 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16910 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16911 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16912 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16914 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16915 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16916 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16917 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16918 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16919 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16920 the version.)
16922 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16923 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16925 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16926 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16928 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16929 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16931 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16933 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16934 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16935 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16936 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16937 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16938 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16939 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16940 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16941 to constrain a big search.
16943 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16945 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16946 except that FILTER is not optional.
16948 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16950 ;;;***
16952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21442 23723 6983
16953 ;;;;;; 0))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16956 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16957 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16958 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16959 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16960 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16961 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16962 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16963 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16964 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16965 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16967 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16968 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16969 associated values:
16970 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16971 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16972 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16973 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16974 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16976 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16977 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16978 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16980 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16982 ;;;***
16984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
16985 ;;;;;; 0))
16986 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16988 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16989 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16991 \(fn)" t nil)
16993 ;;;***
16995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16996 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16998 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16999 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17001 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17002 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17004 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17005 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17006 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17008 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17009 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17011 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17012 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17013 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17014 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17015 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17016 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17017 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17019 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17021 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17022 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17023 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17024 switch on this list.
17025 See `lpr-command'.")
17027 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17029 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17030 Name of program for printing a file.
17032 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17033 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17034 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17035 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17036 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17037 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17038 argument.")
17040 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17042 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17043 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17044 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17045 for customization of the printer command.
17047 \(fn)" t nil)
17049 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17050 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17052 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17053 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17054 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17055 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17057 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17058 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17060 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17061 for further customization of the printer command.
17063 \(fn)" t nil)
17065 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17066 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17067 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17068 for customization of the printer command.
17070 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17072 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17073 Paginate and print the region contents.
17075 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17076 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17077 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17078 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17080 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17081 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17083 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17084 for further customization of the printer command.
17086 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17088 ;;;***
17090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21240 46395 727291
17091 ;;;;;; 0))
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17094 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17095 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17096 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17098 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17100 ;;;***
17102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17103 ;;;;;; 0))
17104 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17106 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17107 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17108 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17109 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17113 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17115 ;;;***
17117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17118 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17121 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17122 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17124 \(fn)" t nil)
17126 ;;;***
17128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17131 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17132 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17133 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17134 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17135 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17137 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17139 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17140 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17141 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17142 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17143 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17145 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17146 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17147 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17148 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17149 bindings.
17151 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17152 use this command, and then save the file.
17154 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17156 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17157 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17158 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17159 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17160 each time the macro executes.
17161 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17162 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17163 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17164 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17165 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17166 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17167 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17169 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17171 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17172 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17173 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17174 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17176 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17177 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17178 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17179 execute.
17181 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17182 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17184 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17185 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17186 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17187 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17188 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17190 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17191 looked like this:
17193 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17194 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17195 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17197 You could enter the names in this format:
17203 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17205 \\C-x (
17206 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17207 \\C-x )
17209 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17210 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17212 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17213 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17215 ;;;***
17217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17218 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17219 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17221 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17222 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17223 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17224 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17225 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17226 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17228 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17229 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17230 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17231 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17232 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17234 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17235 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17236 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17237 consing a string.)
17239 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17241 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17242 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17244 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17246 ;;;***
17248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17249 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17252 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17253 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17255 \(fn)" nil nil)
17257 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17260 \(fn)" nil nil)
17262 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17263 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17265 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17267 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17268 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17269 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17270 message.
17272 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17274 \(fn)" nil nil)
17276 ;;;***
17278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17279 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17282 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17283 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17284 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17285 often correct parser.")
17287 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17289 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17290 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17291 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17292 a value which excludes your own email address.
17294 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17295 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17297 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17299 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17300 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17304 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17305 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17306 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17307 we return it unconverted.
17309 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17310 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17312 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17314 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17315 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17316 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17317 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17319 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17321 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17322 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17323 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17324 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17326 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17328 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17329 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17330 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17331 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17332 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17333 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17334 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17335 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17336 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17337 as Rmail does.
17339 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17341 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17342 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17343 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17344 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17345 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17346 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17347 matches may be returned from the message body.
17349 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17351 ;;;***
17353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17354 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17357 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17358 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17359 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17360 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17361 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17362 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17364 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17366 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17367 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17368 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17369 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17370 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17372 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17373 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17374 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17375 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17379 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17380 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17382 \(fn)" nil nil)
17384 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17385 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17386 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17388 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17390 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17391 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17392 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17394 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17395 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17396 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17397 double-quotes.
17399 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17401 ;;;***
17403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17404 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17407 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17408 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17409 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17410 king@grassland.com
17411 If `parens', they look like:
17412 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17413 If `angles', they look like:
17414 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17416 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17418 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17419 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17420 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17421 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17422 their `Resent-' variants.
17424 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17425 removed from alias expansions.
17427 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17429 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17430 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17431 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17433 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17434 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17435 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17436 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17438 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17440 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17441 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17442 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17444 \(fn)" nil nil)
17446 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17447 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17448 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17449 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17453 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17455 ;;;***
17457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17458 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17461 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17462 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17463 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17464 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17466 \(fn)" nil nil)
17468 ;;;***
17470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17471 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
17472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17474 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17475 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17477 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17478 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17479 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17480 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17481 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17482 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17484 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17485 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17486 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17487 dependency, despite the colon.
17489 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17491 In the browser, use the following keys:
17493 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17495 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17497 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17498 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17500 `makefile-target-colon':
17501 The string that gets appended to all target names
17502 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17503 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17505 `makefile-macro-assign':
17506 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17507 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17508 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17509 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17510 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17511 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17513 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17514 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17515 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17517 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17518 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17520 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17521 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17522 up or down in the browser.
17524 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17525 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17527 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17528 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17530 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17531 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17532 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17533 has been selected in the browser.
17535 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17536 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17537 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17538 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17539 filenames are omitted.
17541 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17542 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17543 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17544 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17545 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17546 the backslash itself intact.
17547 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17548 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17550 `makefile-browser-hook':
17551 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17552 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17554 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17555 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17556 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17557 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17559 \(fn)" t nil)
17561 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17562 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17564 \(fn)" t nil)
17566 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17567 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17569 \(fn)" t nil)
17571 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17572 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17574 \(fn)" t nil)
17576 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17577 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17581 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17582 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17584 \(fn)" t nil)
17586 ;;;***
17588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17589 ;;;;;; 0))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17592 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17593 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17594 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17596 \(fn)" t nil)
17598 ;;;***
17600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21427 56357 771874 0))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17603 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17605 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17606 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17607 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17608 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17609 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17610 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17611 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17612 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17613 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17614 without running the man command.
17616 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17617 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17618 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17620 cat(1)
17621 1 cat
17623 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17624 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17625 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17626 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17628 -a chmod
17630 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17631 otherwise look like a page name.
17633 /my/file/name.1.gz
17634 -l somefile.1
17636 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17637 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17638 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17640 -k pattern
17642 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17644 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17645 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17647 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17649 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17650 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17652 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17654 ;;;***
17656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17658 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17660 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17661 Toggle Master mode.
17662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17663 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17664 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17666 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17667 using the following commands:
17669 \\{master-mode-map}
17671 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17672 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17673 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17677 ;;;***
17679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17680 ;;;;;; 0))
17681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17683 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17684 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17685 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17688 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17690 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17692 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17693 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17695 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17696 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17698 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17699 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17700 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17701 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17705 ;;;***
17707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17708 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17709 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17711 ;;;***
17713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21326 22692 123234
17714 ;;;;;; 0))
17715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17717 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17719 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17720 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17721 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17722 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17723 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17724 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17725 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17726 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17727 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17728 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17729 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17730 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17731 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17732 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17733 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17734 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17735 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17736 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17737 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17738 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17739 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17740 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17741 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17742 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17743 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17744 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17745 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17746 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17747 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17748 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17749 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17750 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17751 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17752 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17753 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17754 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17755 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17756 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17758 \(fn)" t nil)
17760 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17761 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17762 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17763 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17764 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17766 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17768 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17769 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17771 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17773 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17774 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17776 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17778 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17779 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17781 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17783 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17784 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17785 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17787 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17789 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17790 Cancel an article you posted.
17791 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17795 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17796 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17797 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17798 header line with the old Message-ID.
17800 \(fn)" t nil)
17802 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17803 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17805 \(fn)" t nil)
17807 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17808 Forward the current message via mail.
17809 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17810 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17812 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17814 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17817 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17819 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17822 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17824 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17825 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17827 \(fn)" t nil)
17829 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17830 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17832 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17834 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17835 Re-mail the current message.
17836 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17837 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17838 you.
17840 \(fn)" t nil)
17842 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17843 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17845 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17847 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17848 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17850 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17852 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17853 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17855 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17857 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17858 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17860 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17862 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17863 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17864 Works by overstriking characters.
17865 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17866 which specify the range to operate on.
17868 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17870 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17871 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17872 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17873 which specify the range to operate on.
17875 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17877 ;;;***
17879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17880 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17882 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17884 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17885 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17887 \(fn)" t nil)
17889 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17890 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17892 \(fn)" t nil)
17894 ;;;***
17896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17897 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17898 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17900 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17901 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17902 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17904 \(fn)" t nil)
17906 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17907 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17908 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17909 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17910 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17911 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17912 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17914 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17916 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17917 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17918 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17919 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17920 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17921 means current).
17922 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17923 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17925 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17927 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17928 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17929 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17930 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17931 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17932 means current).
17933 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17934 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17936 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17938 ;;;***
17940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17941 ;;;;;; 0))
17942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17944 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17945 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17946 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17948 \(fn)" t nil)
17950 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17951 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17952 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17954 \(fn)" t nil)
17956 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17957 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17959 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17960 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17961 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17963 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17964 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17966 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17967 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17969 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17971 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17973 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17974 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17975 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17976 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17977 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17978 as `compose-mail'.
17980 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17981 initial Subject field, respectively.
17983 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17984 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17985 are strings.
17987 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17988 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17990 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17992 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17993 Save draft and send message.
17995 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17996 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17997 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17998 Mail Delivery*\".
18000 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18001 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18002 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18004 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18005 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18006 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18007 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18008 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18009 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18011 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18012 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18014 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18015 message and scan line.
18017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18019 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18020 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18022 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18023 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18024 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18025 delete the draft message.
18027 \(fn)" t nil)
18029 ;;;***
18031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21356 43818 957743 0))
18032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18033 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18035 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18037 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18039 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18041 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18042 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18046 ;;;***
18048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21286 52150
18049 ;;;;;; 476720 0))
18050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18052 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18053 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18054 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18056 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18057 the MH mail system.
18059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18061 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18062 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18063 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18065 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18066 the MH mail system.
18068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18070 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18071 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18073 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18074 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18075 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18076 separate command.
18078 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18079 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18080 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18081 format.
18083 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18085 Ranges
18086 ======
18087 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18088 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18089 can be used in several ways.
18091 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18092 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18093 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18094 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18095 page):
18097 <num1>-<num2>
18098 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18099 The range must be nonempty.
18101 <num>:N
18102 <num>:+N
18103 <num>:-N
18104 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18105 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18106 last.
18108 first:N
18109 prev:N
18110 next:N
18111 last:N
18112 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18115 All of the messages.
18117 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18118 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18120 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18121 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18122 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18124 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18126 \(fn)" t nil)
18128 ;;;***
18130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18131 ;;;;;; 0))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18134 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18135 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18136 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18137 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18138 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18139 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18140 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18141 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18142 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18143 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18144 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18146 \(fn)" t nil)
18148 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18149 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18150 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18151 to its second argument TM.
18153 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18155 ;;;***
18157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18158 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18161 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18162 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18163 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18166 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18168 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18170 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18171 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18173 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18174 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18176 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18177 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18178 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18179 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18180 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18181 is modified to remove the default indication.
18183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18185 ;;;***
18187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18190 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18191 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18192 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18193 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18194 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18195 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18196 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18197 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18198 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18200 \(fn)" t nil)
18202 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18203 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18204 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18205 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18206 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18207 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18208 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18209 The return value is always nil.
18211 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18213 ;;;***
18215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18216 ;;;;;; 0))
18217 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18218 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18220 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18221 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18223 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18224 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18225 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18226 next occurrence.
18228 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18229 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18230 end of the search space).
18232 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18233 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18234 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18235 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18236 should return the previous buffer to search.
18238 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18239 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18240 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18242 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18243 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18244 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18245 Isearch starts.")
18247 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18248 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18249 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18251 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18252 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18253 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18255 \(fn)" nil nil)
18257 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18258 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18259 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18260 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18261 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18262 whose names match the specified regexp.
18264 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18266 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18267 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18268 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18269 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18270 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18271 whose names match the specified regexp.
18273 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18275 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18276 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18277 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18278 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18279 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18280 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18281 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18283 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18285 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18286 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18287 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18288 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18289 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18290 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18291 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18293 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18295 ;;;***
18297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18298 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18300 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18302 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18303 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18305 \(fn)" t nil)
18307 ;;;***
18309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18310 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18313 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18314 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18316 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18318 ;;;***
18320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21296 1575
18321 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18324 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18325 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18327 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18329 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18330 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18331 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18332 the entire message.
18333 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18335 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18337 ;;;***
18339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18340 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18343 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18344 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18345 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18346 the entire message.
18347 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18349 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18351 ;;;***
18353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21296 1575 438327
18354 ;;;;;; 0))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18357 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18358 Insert file contents of URL.
18359 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18363 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18364 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18366 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18368 ;;;***
18370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21363 17065 850322
18371 ;;;;;; 0))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18374 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18375 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18376 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18377 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18378 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18380 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18382 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18383 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18384 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18386 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18388 ;;;***
18390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18393 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18394 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18396 \(fn)" nil nil)
18398 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18399 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18400 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18401 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18402 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18404 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18405 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18406 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18407 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18408 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18409 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18411 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18413 ;;;***
18415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21296 1575 438327
18416 ;;;;;; 0))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18419 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18422 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18424 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18427 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18429 ;;;***
18431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21356 43818 957743
18432 ;;;;;; 0))
18433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18435 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18438 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18440 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18443 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18445 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18448 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18450 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18453 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18455 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18458 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18460 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18463 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18465 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18468 \(fn)" nil nil)
18470 ;;;***
18472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18473 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18476 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18478 ;;;***
18480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21282 19826
18481 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18484 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18486 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18487 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18488 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18489 followed by the first character of the construct.
18490 \\<m2-mode-map>
18491 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18492 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18493 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18494 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18495 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18496 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18497 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18498 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18499 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18500 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18501 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18502 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18503 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18504 \\[m2-link] link
18506 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18507 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18508 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18510 \(fn)" t nil)
18512 ;;;***
18514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18515 ;;;;;; 0))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18518 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18519 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18523 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18524 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18526 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18528 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18529 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18531 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18533 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18534 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18536 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18538 ;;;***
18540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18541 ;;;;;; 0))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18544 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18545 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18547 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18548 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18549 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18551 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18552 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18553 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18555 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18556 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18558 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18559 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18560 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18561 hemisphere you're in.)
18563 To test this function, evaluate:
18564 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18566 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18568 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18569 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18571 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18572 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18574 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18575 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18576 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18578 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18579 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18581 To test this function, evaluate:
18582 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18584 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18586 ;;;***
18588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21483 15143 105233 0))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18591 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18592 Main entry point for MPC.
18594 \(fn)" t nil)
18596 ;;;***
18598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18601 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18602 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18604 \(fn)" t nil)
18606 ;;;***
18608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18611 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18612 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18613 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18616 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18618 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18620 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18621 Toggle Msb mode.
18622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18623 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18624 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18626 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18627 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18631 ;;;***
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18634 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18637 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display a list of all character sets.
18640 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18641 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18642 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18643 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18644 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18646 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18647 but still shows the full information.
18649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18651 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18652 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18653 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18655 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18656 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18657 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18658 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18659 meanings of these arguments.
18661 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18663 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18664 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18666 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18668 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18671 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18673 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18676 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18678 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18681 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18682 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18683 in place of `..':
18684 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18685 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18686 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18687 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18688 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18689 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18690 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18691 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18692 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18693 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18694 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18695 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18696 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18697 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18698 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18699 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18701 \(fn)" t nil)
18703 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18706 \(fn)" t nil)
18708 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18709 Display a list of all coding systems.
18710 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18712 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18713 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18717 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display a list of all coding categories.
18720 \(fn)" nil nil)
18722 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18724 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18726 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18728 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display information about FONTSET.
18730 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18732 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18734 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18735 Display a list of all fontsets.
18736 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18737 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18738 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18740 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18742 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display information about all input methods.
18745 \(fn)" t nil)
18747 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18748 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18750 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18751 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18752 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18753 system which uses fontsets).
18755 \(fn)" t nil)
18757 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18758 Show log of font listing and opening.
18759 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18760 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18762 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18764 ;;;***
18766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21412
18767 ;;;;;; 2598 318409 0))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18770 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18771 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18773 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18774 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18776 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18777 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18779 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18781 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18782 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18783 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18784 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18785 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18786 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18787 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18789 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18790 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18791 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18792 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18793 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18794 middle of a character in STR.
18796 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18797 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18799 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18800 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18801 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18802 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18803 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18805 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18807 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18808 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18810 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18811 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18812 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18814 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18815 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18816 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18818 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18819 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18820 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18821 are considered.
18822 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18823 longer than KEYSEQ.
18824 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18826 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18828 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18829 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18830 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18831 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18832 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18833 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18834 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18835 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18836 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18837 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18838 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18840 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18842 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18843 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18845 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18847 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18848 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18850 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18852 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18853 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18855 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18857 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18858 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18860 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18862 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18863 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18864 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18865 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18866 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18868 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18869 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18871 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18872 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18873 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18874 coding systems ordered by priority.
18876 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18878 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18880 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18881 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18882 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18883 language environment LANG-ENV.
18885 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18887 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18888 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18889 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18890 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18891 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18892 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18894 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18896 ;;;***
18898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18899 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18902 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18903 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18905 \(fn)" t nil)
18907 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18908 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18910 \(fn)" t nil)
18912 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18913 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18915 \(fn)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18918 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18920 \(fn)" t nil)
18922 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18923 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18925 \(fn)" t nil)
18927 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18928 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18930 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18932 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18933 Ping HOST.
18934 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18935 `ping-program-options'.
18937 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18939 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18940 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18942 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18944 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18945 Run nslookup program.
18947 \(fn)" t nil)
18949 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18950 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18952 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18954 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18955 Run dig program.
18957 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18959 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18960 Run ftp program.
18962 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18964 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18965 Finger USER on HOST.
18967 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18969 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18970 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18971 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18972 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18974 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18976 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18981 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18982 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18984 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18986 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18987 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18989 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18991 ;;;***
18993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
18994 ;;;;;; 0))
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18997 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18998 Return a user name/password pair.
18999 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19000 listed in the PORTS list.
19002 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19004 ;;;***
19006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
19007 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19010 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19011 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19012 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19013 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19014 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19015 closes it.
19017 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19018 make it unique.
19019 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19020 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19021 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19022 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19023 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19024 a port number to connect to.
19026 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19027 values:
19029 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19030 nil or `network'
19031 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19032 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19033 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19034 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19035 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19036 an unencrypted connection.
19037 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19038 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19039 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19040 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19041 returned object is a killed process.
19042 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19043 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19044 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19046 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19047 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19048 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19049 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19050 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19051 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19052 or nil if none could be found.
19053 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19054 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19056 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19058 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19059 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19060 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19062 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19063 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19064 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19066 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19067 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19068 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19070 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19071 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19072 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19073 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19075 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19076 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19078 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19079 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19080 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19081 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19082 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19083 or STARTTLS connections.
19085 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19086 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19088 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19089 a greeting from the server.
19091 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19092 asynchronously, if possible.
19094 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19096 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19098 ;;;***
19100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21260
19101 ;;;;;; 57908 370145 500000))
19102 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19104 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19105 Check whether newsticker is running.
19106 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19107 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19109 \(fn)" nil nil)
19111 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19112 Start the newsticker.
19113 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19114 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19115 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19116 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19118 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19120 ;;;***
19122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19123 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
19124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19126 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19127 Start newsticker plainview.
19129 \(fn)" t nil)
19131 ;;;***
19133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19134 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19135 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19137 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19138 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19142 ;;;***
19144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21187
19145 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19148 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19149 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19150 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19151 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19152 empty.
19154 \(fn)" nil nil)
19156 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19157 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19158 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19159 running already.
19161 \(fn)" t nil)
19163 ;;;***
19165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21481
19166 ;;;;;; 59815 980216 0))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19169 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19170 Start newsticker treeview.
19172 \(fn)" t nil)
19174 ;;;***
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19177 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19179 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19181 ;;;***
19183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19184 ;;;;;; 0))
19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19187 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19188 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19190 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19192 ;;;***
19194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19195 ;;;;;; 0))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19198 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19199 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19200 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19201 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19202 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19203 symbol in the alist.
19205 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19207 ;;;***
19209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21296 1575 438327
19210 ;;;;;; 0))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19213 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19214 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19215 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19217 \(fn)" t nil)
19219 ;;;***
19221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19224 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19225 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19227 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19229 ;;;***
19231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19234 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19236 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19237 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19238 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19240 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19243 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19245 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19246 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19247 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19248 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19249 to future sessions.
19251 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19253 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19254 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19255 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19256 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19257 future sessions.
19259 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19261 ;;;***
19263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19264 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19267 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19268 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19269 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19270 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19271 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19272 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19274 \(fn)" t nil)
19276 ;;;***
19278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19280 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19282 ;;;***
19284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21293 25385
19285 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19288 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19289 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19290 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19291 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19293 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19295 ;;;***
19297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21383 2343
19298 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19301 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19302 Major mode for editing XML.
19304 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19305 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19306 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19307 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19308 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19309 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19310 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19312 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19314 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19315 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19317 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19318 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19319 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19320 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19321 instead of C-c.
19323 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19324 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19325 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19326 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19327 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19328 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19330 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19331 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19332 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19334 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19335 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19336 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19338 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19339 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19340 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19341 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19342 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19343 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19344 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19345 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19346 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19348 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19350 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19351 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19353 \(fn)" t nil)
19354 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19356 ;;;***
19358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21293 25385
19359 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19360 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19362 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19363 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19364 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19365 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19367 \(fn)" t nil)
19369 ;;;***
19371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21437 5802
19372 ;;;;;; 125919 0))
19373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19375 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19376 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19378 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19379 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19380 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19381 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19383 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19385 Key bindings:
19386 \\{octave-mode-map}
19388 \(fn)" t nil)
19390 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19391 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19392 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19394 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19396 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19397 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19399 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19400 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19401 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19405 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19407 ;;;***
19409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21282 19826
19410 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
19411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19413 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19415 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19416 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19417 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19418 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19419 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19421 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19423 Customization:
19425 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19426 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19427 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19428 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19429 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19430 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19431 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19432 Directories to search when finding external units.
19433 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19434 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19436 Coloring:
19438 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19439 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19441 \(fn)" t nil)
19443 ;;;***
19445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
19446 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19448 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19449 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19451 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19453 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19454 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19455 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19456 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19457 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19458 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19460 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19462 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19463 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19464 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19465 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19466 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19468 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19470 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19471 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19473 \(fn)" nil nil)
19475 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19476 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19478 \(fn)" nil nil)
19480 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19481 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19482 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19484 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19485 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19486 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19487 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19488 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19489 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19490 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19491 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19492 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19493 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19495 The following commands are available:
19497 \\{org-mode-map}
19499 \(fn)" t nil)
19501 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19502 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19504 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19505 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19506 in special contexts.
19508 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19509 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19510 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19511 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19512 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19513 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19514 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19515 properties in the buffer.
19516 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19517 including any drawers.
19519 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19521 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19522 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19523 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19524 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19525 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19526 and zoom in further.
19527 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19528 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19530 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19531 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19532 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19533 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19534 times right after creating a new headline.
19536 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19537 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19538 is negative, go up that many levels.
19540 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19541 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19542 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19544 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19545 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19546 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19547 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19551 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19552 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19553 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19554 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19557 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19559 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19560 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19561 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19562 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19563 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19564 defined by Org-mode).
19566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19568 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19569 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19571 \(fn)" nil nil)
19573 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19574 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19576 \(fn)" nil nil)
19578 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19579 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19580 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19581 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19582 call CMD.
19584 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19586 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19587 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19588 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19589 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19591 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19592 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19593 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19595 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19596 part of Org's core.
19598 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19599 active region.
19601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19603 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19604 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19605 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19607 \(fn)" t nil)
19609 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19610 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19611 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19612 Org-mode syntax.
19614 \(fn)" t nil)
19616 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19617 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19619 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19622 Switch between Org buffers.
19623 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19624 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19626 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19627 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19631 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19633 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19635 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19636 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19637 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19638 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19640 \(fn)" t nil)
19642 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19643 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19645 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19647 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19648 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19649 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19651 \(fn)" t nil)
19653 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19654 Reload all org lisp files.
19655 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19657 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19659 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19660 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19662 \(fn)" t nil)
19664 ;;;***
19666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21335 37672
19667 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19668 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19670 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19671 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19675 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19676 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19677 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19678 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19680 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19681 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19682 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19683 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19684 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19685 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19686 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19687 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19688 e Export views to associated files.
19689 s Search entries for keywords.
19690 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19691 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19692 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19693 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19694 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19695 > Remove a previous restriction.
19696 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19697 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19698 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19700 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19701 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19702 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19704 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19705 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19706 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19707 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19708 \(if active).
19710 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19713 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19714 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19715 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19716 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19717 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19718 before running the agenda command.
19720 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19722 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19723 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19724 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19725 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19726 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19727 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19728 before running the agenda command.
19730 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19731 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19733 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19735 category The category of the item
19736 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19737 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19738 todo selected in TODO match
19739 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19740 diary imported from diary
19741 deadline a deadline on given date
19742 scheduled scheduled on given date
19743 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19744 closed entry was closed on given date
19745 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19746 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19747 block entry has date block including g. date
19748 todo The todo keyword, if any
19749 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19750 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19751 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19752 extra Sting with extra planning info
19753 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19754 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19755 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19757 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19759 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19760 Store agenda views.
19762 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19764 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19765 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19767 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19769 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19770 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19771 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19772 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19774 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19775 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19776 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19778 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19779 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19781 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19782 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19784 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19786 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19787 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19789 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19790 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19791 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19792 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19793 EDIT-AT.
19795 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19796 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19797 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19798 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19799 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19800 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19802 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19803 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19804 including newlines.
19806 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19807 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19808 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19809 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19810 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19811 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19812 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19814 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19815 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19816 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19817 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19819 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19820 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19821 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19822 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19823 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19824 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19825 Boolean search must match as full words.
19827 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19828 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19830 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19832 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19833 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19834 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19835 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19836 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19837 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19841 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19842 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19843 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19845 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19847 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19848 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19849 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19850 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19851 `org-stuck-projects'.
19853 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19855 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19856 Return diary information from org files.
19857 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19858 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19859 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19860 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19861 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19863 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19865 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19867 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19868 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19870 &%%(org-diary)
19872 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19873 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19874 So the example above may also be written as
19876 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19878 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19879 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19880 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19882 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19884 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19885 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19887 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19889 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19890 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19891 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19892 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19893 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19895 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19897 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19898 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19899 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19901 \(fn)" t nil)
19903 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19904 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19905 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19906 appointments.
19908 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19909 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19911 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19912 for filtering entries out.
19914 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19915 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19916 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19918 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19919 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19921 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19922 (category \"Work\"))
19924 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19925 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19927 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19928 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19929 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19930 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19931 details and examples.
19933 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19934 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19936 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19938 ;;;***
19940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21335 37672
19941 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19942 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19944 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19945 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19947 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19949 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19950 Capture something.
19951 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19952 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19953 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19954 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19955 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19956 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19958 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19959 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19960 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19961 stored.
19963 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19965 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19966 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19967 will be bypassed.
19969 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19970 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19971 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19972 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19974 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19976 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19977 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19979 \(fn)" t nil)
19981 ;;;***
19983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 37672
19984 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19985 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19987 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19988 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19990 \(fn)" t nil)
19992 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19995 \(fn)" nil nil)
19997 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19998 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19999 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20001 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20003 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20004 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20006 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20008 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20009 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20011 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20013 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20014 Write the column view table.
20015 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20017 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20018 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20019 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20020 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20021 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20022 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20023 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20024 using `org-id-find'.
20025 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20026 a hline before each level <= that number.
20027 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20028 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20029 :skip-empty-rows
20030 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20031 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20033 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20035 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20036 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20038 \(fn)" t nil)
20040 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20041 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20043 \(fn)" t nil)
20045 ;;;***
20047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21417 20521
20048 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
20049 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20051 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20052 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20054 \(fn)" nil t)
20056 ;;;***
20058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20059 ;;;;;; 0))
20060 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20062 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20063 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20065 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20067 ;;;***
20069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21335 37672
20070 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
20071 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20073 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20074 The release version of org-mode.
20075 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20077 \(fn)" nil nil)
20079 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20080 The Git version of org-mode.
20081 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20083 \(fn)" nil nil)
20085 ;;;***
20087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
20088 ;;;;;; 0))
20089 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20090 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20091 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20093 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20094 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20095 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20096 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20098 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20099 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20100 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20101 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20103 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20104 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20105 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20106 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20107 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20108 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20110 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20111 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20112 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20114 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20115 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20116 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20117 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20118 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20119 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20120 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20121 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20122 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20123 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20124 The subheadings remain visible.
20125 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20127 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20128 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20129 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20131 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20132 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20134 \(fn)" t nil)
20136 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20137 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20138 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20139 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20140 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20142 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20145 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20147 ;;;***
20149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21419 62246
20150 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
20151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20152 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20154 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20155 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20156 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20157 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20158 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20160 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20161 activate the package system at any time.")
20163 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20165 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20166 Install the package PKG.
20167 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20168 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20170 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20172 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20173 Install a package from the current buffer.
20174 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20175 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20176 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20178 \(fn)" t nil)
20180 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20181 Install a package from a file.
20182 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20184 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20187 Import keys from FILE.
20189 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20191 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20192 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20193 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20194 makes them available for download.
20196 \(fn)" t nil)
20198 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20199 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20200 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20201 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20203 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20205 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20206 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20208 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20210 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20211 Display a list of packages.
20212 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20213 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20214 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20216 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20218 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20220 ;;;***
20222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20223 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20225 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20226 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20227 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20230 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20232 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20234 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20235 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20237 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20238 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20240 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20241 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20242 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20246 ;;;***
20248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21471
20249 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20251 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20253 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20254 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20255 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20256 unknown are returned as nil.
20258 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20260 ;;;***
20262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21429 11690
20263 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20266 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20267 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20268 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20270 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20271 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20273 Other useful functions are:
20275 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20276 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20277 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20278 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20279 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20280 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20281 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20282 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20283 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20285 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20287 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20288 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20289 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20290 Indentation for case statements.
20291 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20292 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20293 mark after an end.
20294 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20295 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20296 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20297 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20298 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20299 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20300 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20301 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20302 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20303 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20305 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20306 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20308 \(fn)" t nil)
20310 ;;;***
20312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20313 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20316 (defvar password-cache t "\
20317 Whether to cache passwords.")
20319 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20321 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20322 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20323 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20325 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20327 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20328 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20330 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20332 ;;;***
20334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21190 39993
20335 ;;;;;; 744837 0))
20336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20338 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20339 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20340 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20342 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20343 _ matches anything.
20344 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20345 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20346 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20347 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20348 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20349 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20350 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20351 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20352 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20353 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20355 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20356 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20357 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20358 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20359 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20360 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20362 PRED can take the form
20363 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20364 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20365 which is the value being matched.
20366 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20367 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20368 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20369 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20370 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20372 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20374 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20376 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20377 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20378 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20379 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20381 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20383 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20385 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20386 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20387 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20388 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20390 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20392 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20394 ;;;***
20396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20397 ;;;;;; 0))
20398 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20400 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20401 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20403 \(fn)" nil nil)
20405 ;;;***
20407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20408 ;;;;;; 0))
20409 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20411 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20412 Completion for `gzip'.
20414 \(fn)" nil nil)
20416 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20417 Completion for `bzip2'.
20419 \(fn)" nil nil)
20421 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20422 Completion for GNU `make'.
20424 \(fn)" nil nil)
20426 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20427 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20429 \(fn)" nil nil)
20431 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20433 ;;;***
20435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20436 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20437 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20439 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20440 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20442 \(fn)" nil nil)
20444 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20445 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20449 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20450 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20452 \(fn)" nil nil)
20454 ;;;***
20456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20457 ;;;;;; 0))
20458 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20461 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20465 ;;;***
20467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20468 ;;;;;; 0))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20472 Completion for `cd'.
20474 \(fn)" nil nil)
20476 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20479 Completion for `rmdir'.
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20484 Completion for `rm'.
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20489 Completion for `xargs'.
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20493 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20496 Completion for `which'.
20498 \(fn)" nil nil)
20500 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20501 Completion for the `chown' command.
20503 \(fn)" nil nil)
20505 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20506 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20508 \(fn)" nil nil)
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20511 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20513 \(fn)" nil nil)
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20516 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20517 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20521 ;;;***
20523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20524 ;;;;;; 0))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20527 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20528 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20530 \(fn)" nil nil)
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20533 Completion for the `ack' command.
20534 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20535 long options.
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20542 Completion for the `ag' command.
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20546 ;;;***
20548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20549 ;;;;;; 0))
20550 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20552 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20553 Support extensible programmable completion.
20554 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20555 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20557 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20559 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20560 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20562 \(fn)" t nil)
20564 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20565 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20566 This will modify the current buffer.
20568 \(fn)" t nil)
20570 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20571 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20573 \(fn)" t nil)
20575 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20576 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20577 This will modify the current buffer.
20579 \(fn)" t nil)
20581 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20582 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20584 \(fn)" t nil)
20586 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20587 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20589 \(fn)" t nil)
20591 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20592 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20593 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20594 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20595 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20597 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20599 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20600 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20602 \(fn)" nil nil)
20604 ;;;***
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21280 13349 392544 0))
20607 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20609 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20610 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20611 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20612 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20614 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20616 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20618 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20619 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20620 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20621 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20622 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20623 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20624 FLAGS is ignored.
20626 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20628 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20629 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20630 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20631 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20632 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20633 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20634 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20635 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20637 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20639 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20640 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20641 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20642 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20643 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20644 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20645 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20646 passed to cvs.
20648 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20650 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20651 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20652 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20653 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20654 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20655 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20656 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20658 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20660 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20661 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20662 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20664 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20666 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20667 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20668 A value of nil means never do it.
20669 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20670 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20671 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20673 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20675 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20676 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20677 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20679 ;;;***
20681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21280 13349
20682 ;;;;;; 392544 0))
20683 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20685 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20686 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20688 ;;;***
20690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21437
20691 ;;;;;; 5802 125919 0))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20693 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20694 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20695 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20696 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20697 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20698 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20700 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20701 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20702 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20703 Tab indents for Perl code.
20704 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20705 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20706 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20707 \\{perl-mode-map}
20708 Variables controlling indentation style:
20709 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20710 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20711 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20712 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20713 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20714 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20715 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20716 `perl-nochange'
20717 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20718 `perl-indent-level'
20719 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20720 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20721 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20722 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20723 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20724 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20725 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20726 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20727 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20728 `perl-brace-offset'
20729 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20730 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20731 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20732 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20733 `perl-label-offset'
20734 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20735 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20736 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20738 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20739 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20740 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20741 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20742 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20743 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20744 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20746 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20748 \(fn)" t nil)
20750 ;;;***
20752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 62246
20753 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20756 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20757 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20758 \\<picture-mode-map>
20759 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20760 afterwards settable by these commands:
20762 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20763 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20764 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20765 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20767 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20768 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20769 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20770 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20772 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20773 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20774 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20775 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20777 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20778 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20779 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20780 with these commands:
20782 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20783 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20784 Move to column following last
20785 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20786 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20787 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20788 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20789 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20790 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20792 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20794 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20795 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20796 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20797 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20798 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20799 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20801 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20802 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20803 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20804 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20805 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20806 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20807 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20809 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20810 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20811 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20812 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20813 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20814 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20815 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20816 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20818 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20819 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20820 by supplying an argument.
20822 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20824 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20825 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20827 \(fn)" t nil)
20829 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20831 ;;;***
20833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20834 ;;;;;; 0))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20837 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20838 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20840 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20842 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20843 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20845 \(fn)" t nil)
20847 ;;;***
20849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20850 ;;;;;; 0))
20851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20853 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20854 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20855 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20857 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20859 ;;;***
20861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20864 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20865 Play pong and waste time.
20866 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20867 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20869 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20871 \\{pong-mode-map}
20873 \(fn)" t nil)
20875 ;;;***
20877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20880 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20881 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20882 Use streaming commands.
20884 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20886 ;;;***
20888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21429 11690 49391
20889 ;;;;;; 0))
20890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20892 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20893 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20894 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20895 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20897 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20899 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20900 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20904 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20905 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20906 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20907 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20908 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20910 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20912 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20913 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20914 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20916 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20918 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20919 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20921 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20923 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20924 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20925 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20926 Ignores leading comment characters.
20928 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20930 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20931 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20932 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20933 Ignores leading comment characters.
20935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20937 ;;;***
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21364 37926 837230
20940 ;;;;;; 0))
20941 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20942 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20944 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20945 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20947 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20949 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20953 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20954 Preview directory using ghostview.
20956 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20957 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20958 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20959 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20961 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20962 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20963 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20964 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20965 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20966 file name.
20968 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20970 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20972 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20973 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20975 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20976 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20977 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20978 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20980 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20981 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20982 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20983 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20984 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20985 file name.
20987 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20989 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20991 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20992 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20994 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20995 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20996 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20997 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21000 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21001 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21002 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21003 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21004 file name.
21006 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21008 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21011 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21013 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21016 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21017 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21018 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21021 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21022 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21023 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21024 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21025 file name.
21027 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21029 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21031 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21032 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21034 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21035 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21036 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21038 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21039 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21040 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21041 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21043 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21046 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21048 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21049 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21050 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21052 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21053 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21054 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21055 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21060 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21062 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21063 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21064 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21066 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21067 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21068 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21069 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21074 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21076 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21078 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21079 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21080 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21083 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21084 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21085 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21090 Preview region using ghostview.
21092 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21094 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21096 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21097 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21099 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21104 Print region using PostScript printer.
21106 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21108 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21111 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21113 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21118 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21120 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21125 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21132 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21139 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21145 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21146 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21147 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21148 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21150 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21151 matching.
21153 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21154 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21156 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21158 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21160 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21161 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21162 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21163 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21165 \(fn)" t nil)
21167 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21168 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21169 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21170 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21174 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21175 Print directory using text printer.
21177 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21178 matching.
21180 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21181 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21183 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21185 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21187 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21188 Print buffer using text printer.
21190 \(fn)" t nil)
21192 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21193 Print region using text printer.
21195 \(fn)" t nil)
21197 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21198 Print major mode using text printer.
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21202 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21203 Preview spooled PostScript.
21205 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21206 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21207 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21209 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21210 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21211 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21213 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21216 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21218 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21219 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21220 instead of sending it to the printer.
21222 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21223 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21224 image in a file with that name.
21226 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21228 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21229 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21231 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21232 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21233 instead of sending it to the printer.
21235 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21236 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21237 image in a file with that name.
21239 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21241 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21242 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21244 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21245 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21246 instead of sending it to the printer.
21248 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21249 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21250 image in a file with that name.
21252 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21255 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21257 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21259 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21260 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21262 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21265 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21267 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21270 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21272 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21274 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21275 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21277 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21280 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21282 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21283 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21284 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21285 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21287 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21288 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21289 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21290 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21291 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21292 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21293 file name.
21295 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21297 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21298 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21302 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21303 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21305 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21306 right.
21307 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21308 bottom.
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21313 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21315 \(fn)" t nil)
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21318 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21322 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21323 Toggle printing with faces.
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21328 Toggle spooling.
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21333 Toggle duplex.
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21338 Toggle tumble.
21340 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21341 right.
21342 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21343 bottom.
21345 \(fn)" t nil)
21347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21348 Toggle landscape.
21350 \(fn)" t nil)
21352 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21353 Toggle upside-down.
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21358 Toggle line number.
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21363 Toggle zebra stripes.
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21368 Toggle printing header.
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21373 Toggle printing header frame.
21375 \(fn)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21378 Toggle menu lock.
21380 \(fn)" t nil)
21382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21383 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21385 \(fn)" t nil)
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21388 Toggle auto mode.
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21392 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21393 Customization of the `printing' group.
21395 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21397 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21398 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21400 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21402 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21403 Help for the printing package.
21405 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21407 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21408 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21410 \(fn)" t nil)
21412 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21413 Interactively select a text printer.
21415 \(fn)" t nil)
21417 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21418 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21422 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21423 Show current ps-print settings.
21425 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21427 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21428 Show current printing settings.
21430 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21432 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21433 Show current lpr settings.
21435 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21437 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21438 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21440 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21441 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21442 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21443 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21446 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21448 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21449 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21450 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21452 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21453 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21454 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21455 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21456 current active printer.
21458 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21459 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21460 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21461 printer.
21463 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21464 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21465 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21466 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21467 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21470 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21471 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21473 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21475 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21476 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21477 be done using the new current active printer.
21479 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21480 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21481 printer.
21483 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21484 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21485 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21486 instead of sending it to the printer.
21488 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21489 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21490 printer.
21492 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21495 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21496 are both set to t.
21498 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21500 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21501 Fast fire function for text printing.
21503 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21504 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21505 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21506 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21508 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21509 user for a new active text printer.
21511 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21513 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21515 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21516 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21517 printer.
21519 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21521 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21522 are both set to t.
21524 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21526 ;;;***
21528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21529 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21531 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21532 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21533 \\<proced-mode-map>
21534 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21535 the process information.
21537 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21539 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21540 Proced buffers.
21542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21544 ;;;***
21546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21547 ;;;;;; 0))
21548 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21550 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21551 Start/restart profilers.
21552 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21553 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21554 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21556 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21558 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21559 Open profile FILENAME.
21561 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21563 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21564 Open profile FILENAME.
21566 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21568 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21569 Open profile FILENAME.
21571 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21573 ;;;***
21575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21462 9001
21576 ;;;;;; 456449 0))
21577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21579 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21580 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21582 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21583 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21585 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21587 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21588 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21590 Commands:
21591 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21593 \(fn)" t nil)
21595 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21596 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21597 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21599 \(fn)" t nil)
21601 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21602 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21603 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21607 ;;;***
21609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21612 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21613 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21614 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21616 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21618 ;;;***
21620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21342 10917
21621 ;;;;;; 902592 0))
21622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21623 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21625 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21626 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21628 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21630 The following variables hold user options, and can
21631 be set through the `customize' command:
21633 `ps-mode-tab'
21634 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21635 `ps-mode-print-function'
21636 `ps-run-prompt'
21637 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21638 `ps-run-x'
21639 `ps-run-dumb'
21640 `ps-run-init'
21641 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21642 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21644 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21647 \\{ps-mode-map}
21650 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21651 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21652 The keymap for this second window is:
21654 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21657 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21658 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21659 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21660 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21661 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21663 \(fn)" t nil)
21665 ;;;***
21667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21360 40869 887231
21668 ;;;;;; 0))
21669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21670 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21672 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21673 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21674 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21676 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21678 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21679 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21680 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21681 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21683 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21685 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21686 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21688 Valid values are:
21690 nil Do not print colors.
21692 t Print colors.
21694 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21695 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21697 Any other value is treated as t.")
21699 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21701 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21702 Customization of ps-print group.
21704 \(fn)" t nil)
21706 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21707 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21709 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21710 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21711 sending it to the printer.
21713 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21714 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21715 image in a file with that name.
21717 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21720 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21721 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21722 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21723 so it has a way to determine color values.
21725 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21727 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21728 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21729 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21731 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21733 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21734 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21735 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21736 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21737 so it has a way to determine color values.
21739 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21741 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21743 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21744 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21746 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21748 \(fn)" t nil)
21750 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21751 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21752 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21753 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21754 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21756 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21758 \(fn)" t nil)
21760 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21761 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21762 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21764 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21766 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21768 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21769 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21770 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21771 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21772 so it has a way to determine color values.
21774 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21776 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21778 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21779 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21781 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21782 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21783 instead of sending it to the printer.
21785 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21786 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21787 image in a file with that name.
21789 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21791 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21792 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21793 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21794 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21795 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21797 \(fn)" t nil)
21799 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21800 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21801 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21803 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21805 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21806 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21807 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21809 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21811 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21812 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21814 \(fn)" nil nil)
21816 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21817 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21819 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21820 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21822 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21823 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21825 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21827 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21829 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21831 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21832 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21834 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21835 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21837 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21838 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21840 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21842 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21844 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21846 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21847 foreground and background colors respectively.
21849 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21850 bold - use bold font.
21851 italic - use italic font.
21852 underline - put a line under text.
21853 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21854 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21855 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21856 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21857 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21859 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21861 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21863 ;;;***
21865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21866 ;;;;;; 0))
21867 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21868 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21870 ;;;***
21872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21503 425 992235
21873 ;;;;;; 0))
21874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21875 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21877 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21879 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21881 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21882 Run an inferior Python process.
21883 Input and output via buffer named after
21884 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21885 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21887 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21888 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21889 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21890 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21892 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21893 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21894 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21896 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21898 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21899 Major mode for editing Python files.
21901 \\{python-mode-map}
21903 \(fn)" t nil)
21905 ;;;***
21907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21910 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21911 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21912 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21913 coding-system.
21915 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21916 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21918 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21919 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21920 them into characters should be done separately.
21922 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21924 ;;;***
21926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21927 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21930 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21931 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21933 \(fn)" nil nil)
21935 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21936 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21937 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21939 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21940 `quail-activate', which see.
21942 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21944 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21945 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21946 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21947 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21948 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21949 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21950 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21952 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21953 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21954 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21955 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21956 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21957 shown.
21958 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21960 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21961 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21962 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21963 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21964 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21965 list of candidates.
21967 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21968 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21969 command to be called.
21971 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21972 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21973 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21974 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21976 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21977 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21978 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21979 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21980 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21981 to t.
21983 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21984 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21985 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21986 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21988 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21989 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21990 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21991 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21992 defines no translations for single character keys.
21994 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21995 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21996 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21997 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21998 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21999 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22001 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22002 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22003 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22004 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22005 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22006 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22008 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22009 covers Quail translation region.
22011 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22012 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22013 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22014 for it) is inserted.
22016 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22017 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22018 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22020 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22021 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22022 non-Quail commands.
22024 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22026 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22027 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22029 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22030 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22031 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22032 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22033 you type is correctly handled.
22035 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22037 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22038 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22040 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22041 keyboard type.
22043 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22045 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22046 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22047 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22048 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22049 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22050 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22051 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22052 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22053 for the translation.
22054 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22056 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22057 it is used to handle KEY.
22059 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22060 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22061 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22062 the following annotation types are supported.
22064 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22065 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22067 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22068 candidate list.
22070 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22071 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22072 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22073 inserted.
22075 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22076 generated for the following translations.
22078 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22080 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22081 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22083 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22084 which to install MAP.
22086 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22088 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22090 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22091 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22093 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22094 which to install MAP.
22096 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22098 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22100 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22101 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22102 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22103 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22104 a function, or a cons.
22105 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22106 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22107 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22108 for the translation.
22109 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22110 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22111 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22112 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22113 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22115 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22116 it is used to handle KEY.
22118 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22119 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22120 current Quail package.
22122 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22123 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22125 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22127 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22128 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22130 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22131 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22133 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22135 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22136 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22138 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22140 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22141 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22142 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22143 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22144 of the Emacs source tree.
22146 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22147 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22149 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22150 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22151 of each directory.
22153 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22155 ;;;***
22157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22158 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22161 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22162 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22163 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22164 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22166 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22168 ;;;***
22170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22171 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22174 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22175 Activate UCS input method.
22176 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22178 While this input method is active, the variable
22179 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22181 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22183 ;;;***
22185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22186 ;;;;;; 0))
22187 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22189 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22190 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22191 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22192 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22194 To make use of this do something like:
22196 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22198 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22200 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22201 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22203 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22204 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22205 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22207 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22209 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22210 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22212 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22214 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22215 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22217 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22218 is decided.
22220 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22222 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22223 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22225 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22226 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22227 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22229 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22231 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22232 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22234 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22236 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22237 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22239 \(fn)" t nil)
22241 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22242 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22244 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22246 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22248 \(fn)" t nil)
22250 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22251 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22255 ;;;***
22257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21452 59559 901066
22258 ;;;;;; 0))
22259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22261 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22262 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22264 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22266 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22268 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22270 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22272 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22275 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22277 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22278 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22279 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22280 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22281 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22282 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22284 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22286 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22287 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22288 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22289 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22290 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22294 ;;;***
22296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22297 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22300 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22302 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22303 Construct a regexp interactively.
22304 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22305 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22306 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22308 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22309 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22311 \(fn)" t nil)
22313 ;;;***
22315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22316 ;;;;;; 0))
22317 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22319 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22320 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22321 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22323 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22324 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22326 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22328 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22329 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22331 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22332 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22334 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22335 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22336 were operated on recently.
22338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22340 ;;;***
22342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21471 23976 844614 0))
22343 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22345 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22346 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22347 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22348 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22349 ends.
22351 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22352 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22353 to be deleted.
22355 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22357 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22358 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22359 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22361 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22362 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22363 deleted.
22365 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22367 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22368 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22369 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22371 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22373 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22374 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22376 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22377 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22379 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22380 deleted.
22382 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22383 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22384 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22385 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22386 even beep.)
22388 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22390 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22391 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22393 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22395 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22396 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22398 \(fn)" t nil)
22400 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22401 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22402 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22403 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22404 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22405 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22406 and point is at the lower right corner.
22408 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22410 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22411 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22413 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22414 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22416 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22417 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22418 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22420 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22422 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22424 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22425 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22426 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22427 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22428 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22430 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22431 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22433 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22435 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22436 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22437 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22439 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22441 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22443 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22445 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22446 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22448 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22449 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22450 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22452 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22454 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22455 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22456 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22458 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22459 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22460 rectangle which were empty.
22462 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22464 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22465 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22467 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22468 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22469 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22470 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22472 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22474 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22475 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22476 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22480 ;;;***
22482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22483 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22486 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22487 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22489 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22490 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22492 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22493 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22494 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22495 auto-filling.
22497 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22501 ;;;***
22503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21418 41409
22504 ;;;;;; 280143 158000))
22505 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22506 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22507 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22508 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22509 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22511 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22512 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22514 \(fn)" nil nil)
22516 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22517 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22519 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22520 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22522 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22523 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22524 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22525 \\ref macro.
22527 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22528 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22529 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22531 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22532 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22533 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22535 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22536 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22538 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22539 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22541 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22542 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22543 on the menu bar.
22545 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22549 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22550 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22551 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22553 \(fn)" nil nil)
22555 ;;;***
22557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22558 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22560 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22561 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22562 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22563 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22565 ;;;***
22567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21376
22568 ;;;;;; 29092 815151 0))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22571 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22572 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22573 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22574 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22575 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22576 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22578 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22579 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22581 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22582 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22583 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22584 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22586 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22588 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22589 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22590 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22591 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22593 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22595 ;;;***
22597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22598 ;;;;;; 0))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22600 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22602 ;;;***
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21252 37559
22605 ;;;;;; 125878 0))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22607 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22609 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22610 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22611 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22612 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22614 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22616 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22618 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22619 Call `remember' in another frame.
22621 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22623 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22624 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22625 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22627 \(fn)" t nil)
22629 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22630 Extract diary entries from the region.
22632 \(fn)" nil nil)
22634 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22635 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22636 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22637 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22639 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22641 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22642 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22643 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22644 minor mode.
22646 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22648 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22649 Return the buffer.
22651 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22652 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22653 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22655 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22657 ;;;***
22659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22660 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22661 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22663 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22664 Repeat most recently executed command.
22665 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22666 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22667 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22669 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22670 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22671 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22672 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22674 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22675 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22676 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22678 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22680 ;;;***
22682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22683 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22686 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22687 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22689 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22690 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22691 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22692 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22693 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22694 and point is left after the salutation.
22696 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22697 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22698 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22699 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22700 left after that text.
22702 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22703 is non-nil.
22705 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22706 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22707 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22708 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22710 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22712 ;;;***
22714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22715 ;;;;;; 0))
22716 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22718 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22719 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22720 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22721 visibility of comments that precede it.
22722 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22723 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22724 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22725 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22726 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22727 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22728 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22729 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22730 the comment lines.
22731 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22732 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22733 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22734 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22735 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22739 ;;;***
22741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21359 20005 772941 0))
22742 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22744 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22745 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22746 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22747 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22748 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22750 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22751 reveals invisible text around point.
22753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22755 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22756 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22757 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22760 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22762 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22764 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22765 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22766 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22768 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22769 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22770 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22774 ;;;***
22776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22777 ;;;;;; 0))
22778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22780 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22781 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22783 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22785 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22786 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22788 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22790 ;;;***
22792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22793 ;;;;;; 0))
22794 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22796 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22797 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22798 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22799 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22801 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22803 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22804 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22805 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22806 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22808 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22809 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22811 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22812 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22814 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22815 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22816 INPUT-ARGS.
22818 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22819 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22820 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22821 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22822 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22824 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22825 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22826 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22827 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22829 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22830 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22831 variable.
22833 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22835 ;;;***
22837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21384 23211 329821
22838 ;;;;;; 0))
22839 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22841 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22842 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22844 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22846 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22848 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22849 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22850 Its name should end with a slash.")
22852 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22853 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22855 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22856 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22857 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22859 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22861 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22862 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22863 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22864 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22865 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22866 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22867 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22869 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22870 sent by you under different user names.
22871 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22873 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22875 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22877 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22879 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22880 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22881 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22882 explicitly.")
22884 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22886 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22887 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22888 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22889 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22890 which normally happens once for each message,
22891 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22892 To make a change in this variable take effect
22893 for a message that you have already viewed,
22894 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22896 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22898 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22899 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22900 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22901 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22903 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22905 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22906 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22908 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22910 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22911 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22912 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22914 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22916 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22917 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22918 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22919 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22920 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22921 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22923 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22925 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22926 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22928 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22930 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22931 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22933 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22935 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22936 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22938 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22939 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22941 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22943 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22944 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22946 This is set to nil by default.")
22948 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22949 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22950 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22951 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22952 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22953 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22954 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22956 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22957 Read and edit incoming mail.
22958 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22959 file in RMAIL Mode.
22960 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22962 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22963 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22964 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22965 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22967 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22969 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22971 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22972 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22973 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22974 Instead, these commands are available:
22976 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22977 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22978 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22979 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22980 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22981 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22982 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22983 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22984 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22985 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22986 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22987 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22988 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22989 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22990 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22991 till a deleted message is found.
22992 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22993 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22994 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22995 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22996 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22997 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22998 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22999 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23000 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23001 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23002 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23003 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23004 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23005 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23006 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23007 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23008 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23009 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23010 (label defaults to last one specified).
23011 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23012 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23013 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23014 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23015 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23016 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23017 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23018 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23019 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23021 \(fn)" t nil)
23023 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23024 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23026 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23028 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23029 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23031 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23033 ;;;***
23035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
23036 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23037 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23038 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23040 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23041 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23042 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23043 case it writes Babyl.
23045 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23046 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23047 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23048 `rmail-default-file'.
23050 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23051 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23052 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23054 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23055 the header display is currently pruned.
23057 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23058 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23059 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23060 messages after output.
23062 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23063 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23064 message (if writing a file directly).
23066 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23067 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23069 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23071 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23072 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23073 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23074 i) the header is output as currently seen
23075 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23076 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23078 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23079 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23080 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23082 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23084 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23085 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23086 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23087 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23088 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23089 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23090 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23092 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23093 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23094 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23096 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23098 ;;;***
23100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 49445
23101 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
23102 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23104 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23105 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23106 Return a pattern.
23108 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23110 ;;;***
23112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21293 25385
23113 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23116 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23117 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23118 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23119 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23123 ;;;***
23125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21293 25385
23126 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23127 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23129 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23130 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23132 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23133 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23134 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23135 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23136 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23137 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23138 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23139 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23140 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23141 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23143 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23144 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23145 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23146 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23147 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23148 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23149 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23150 to use for finding the schema.
23152 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23154 ;;;***
23156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21293 25385 120083
23157 ;;;;;; 0))
23158 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23160 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23162 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23163 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23164 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23165 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23166 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23167 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23168 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23169 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23170 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23171 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23172 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23173 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23174 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23175 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23176 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23177 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23178 must be equal.
23180 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23182 ;;;***
23184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23185 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23186 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23188 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23189 Define a robin package.
23191 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23192 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23193 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23194 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23196 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23197 one replaces the old one.
23199 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23201 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23202 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23204 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23205 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23206 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23208 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23210 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23211 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23213 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23215 ;;;***
23217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23218 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23220 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23221 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23223 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23225 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23226 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23228 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23230 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23231 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23233 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23235 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23236 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23237 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23239 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23240 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23241 in ROT13.
23243 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23245 \(fn)" t nil)
23247 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23248 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23250 \(fn)" t nil)
23252 ;;;***
23254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21415 65191 692645
23255 ;;;;;; 0))
23256 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23259 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23260 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23261 \\<rst-mode-map>
23263 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23264 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23265 highlighting.
23267 \\{rst-mode-map}
23269 \(fn)" t nil)
23271 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23272 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23273 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23274 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23275 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23277 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23278 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23279 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23283 ;;;***
23285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21437
23286 ;;;;;; 5802 125919 0))
23287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23288 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23290 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23291 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23293 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23295 \(fn)" t nil)
23297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23299 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23301 ;;;***
23303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 62246 751914
23304 ;;;;;; 0))
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23306 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23308 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23309 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23310 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23312 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23313 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23315 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23316 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23320 ;;;***
23322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23323 ;;;;;; 0))
23324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23326 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23327 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23328 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23329 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23331 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23333 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23334 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23335 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23337 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23338 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23339 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23341 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23342 notation.
23344 STRING
23345 matches string STRING literally.
23347 CHAR
23348 matches character CHAR literally.
23350 `not-newline', `nonl'
23351 matches any character except a newline.
23353 `anything'
23354 matches any character
23356 `(any SET ...)'
23357 `(in SET ...)'
23358 `(char SET ...)'
23359 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23360 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23361 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23363 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23364 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23365 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23366 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23368 `(not (any SET ...))'
23369 matches any character not in SET ...
23371 `line-start', `bol'
23372 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23373 in the text being matched
23375 `line-end', `eol'
23376 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23378 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23379 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23380 string being matched against.
23382 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23383 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23384 string being matched against.
23386 `buffer-start'
23387 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23388 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23390 `buffer-end'
23391 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23392 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23394 `point'
23395 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23397 `word-start', `bow'
23398 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23400 `word-end', `eow'
23401 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23403 `word-boundary'
23404 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23405 word.
23407 `(not word-boundary)'
23408 `not-word-boundary'
23409 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23410 word.
23412 `symbol-start'
23413 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23415 `symbol-end'
23416 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23418 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23419 matches 0 through 9.
23421 `control', `cntrl'
23422 matches ASCII control characters.
23424 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23425 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23427 `blank'
23428 matches space and tab only.
23430 `graphic', `graph'
23431 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23432 space, and DEL.
23434 `printing', `print'
23435 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23436 and DEL.
23438 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23439 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23440 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23442 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23443 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23444 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23446 `ascii'
23447 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23449 `nonascii'
23450 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23452 `lower', `lower-case'
23453 matches anything lower-case.
23455 `upper', `upper-case'
23456 matches anything upper-case.
23458 `punctuation', `punct'
23459 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23460 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23462 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23463 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23465 `word', `wordchar'
23466 matches anything that has word syntax.
23468 `not-wordchar'
23469 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23471 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23472 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23473 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23474 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23476 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23477 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23478 `word' (\\sw)
23479 `symbol' (\\s_)
23480 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23481 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23482 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23483 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23484 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23485 `escape' (\\s\\)
23486 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23487 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23488 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23489 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23490 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23492 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23493 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23495 `(category CATEGORY)'
23496 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23497 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23499 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23500 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23501 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23502 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23503 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23504 `symbol' (\\c5)
23505 `digit' (\\c6)
23506 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23507 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23508 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23509 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23510 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23511 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23512 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23513 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23514 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23515 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23516 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23517 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23518 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23519 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23520 `ascii' (\\ca)
23521 `arabic' (\\cb)
23522 `chinese' (\\cc)
23523 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23524 `greek' (\\cg)
23525 `korean' (\\ch)
23526 `indian' (\\ci)
23527 `japanese' (\\cj)
23528 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23529 `latin' (\\cl)
23530 `lao' (\\co)
23531 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23532 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23533 `thai' (\\ct)
23534 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23535 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23536 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23537 `can-break' (\\c|)
23539 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23540 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23542 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23543 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23544 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23545 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23546 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23548 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23549 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23550 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23551 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23553 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23554 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23555 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23556 group number N.
23558 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23559 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23560 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23561 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23562 regular expression.
23564 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23565 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23566 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23567 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23568 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23570 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23571 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23573 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23574 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23576 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23577 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23578 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23580 `(* SEXP ...)'
23581 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23582 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23584 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23585 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23586 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23588 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23589 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23590 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23592 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23593 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23595 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23596 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23598 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23599 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23600 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23601 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23603 `(? SEXP ...)'
23604 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23606 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23607 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23609 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23610 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23611 matches N occurrences.
23613 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23614 matches N or more occurrences.
23616 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23617 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23618 matches N to M occurrences.
23620 `(backref N)'
23621 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23623 `(eval FORM)'
23624 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23625 `regexp-quote' it.
23627 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23628 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23630 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23632 ;;;***
23634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23635 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23637 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23639 ;;;***
23641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21326 22692 123234
23642 ;;;;;; 0))
23643 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23644 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23646 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23647 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23648 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23651 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23653 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23655 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23656 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23661 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23662 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23663 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23664 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23666 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23667 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23668 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23672 ;;;***
23674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21379 5287
23675 ;;;;;; 607434 0))
23676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23678 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23679 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23680 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23682 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23683 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23684 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23685 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23686 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23687 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23688 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23689 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23691 Commands:
23692 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23693 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23694 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23696 \(fn)" t nil)
23698 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23699 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23700 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23702 Commands:
23703 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23704 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23705 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23706 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23707 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23708 that variable's value is a string.
23710 \(fn)" t nil)
23712 ;;;***
23714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23715 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23718 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23719 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23720 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23722 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23724 \(fn)" t nil)
23726 ;;;***
23728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21388 20265 495157
23729 ;;;;;; 0))
23730 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23732 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23733 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23734 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23737 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23739 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23741 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23742 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23744 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23745 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23747 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23748 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23752 ;;;***
23754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23755 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23756 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23758 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23759 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23761 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23762 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23763 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23764 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23765 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23769 ;;;***
23771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23772 ;;;;;; 0))
23773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23774 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23775 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23777 ;;;***
23779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23780 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23782 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23784 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23785 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23786 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23788 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23789 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23790 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23791 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23792 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23793 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23794 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23795 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23796 keybinding for tag names.
23797 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23798 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23799 of the symbol under point.
23800 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23801 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23802 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23803 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23804 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23805 syntax tokens.
23806 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23808 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23810 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23811 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23812 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23815 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23817 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23819 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23820 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23821 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23822 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23823 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23825 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23826 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23827 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23828 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23829 Semantic mode.
23831 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23835 ;;;***
23837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23838 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23839 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23841 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23842 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23844 \(fn)" t nil)
23846 ;;;***
23848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23849 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23852 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23853 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23855 \(fn)" t nil)
23857 ;;;***
23859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23860 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23863 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23864 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23866 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23867 king@grassland.com
23868 If `parens', they look like:
23869 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23870 If `angles', they look like:
23871 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23873 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23874 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23876 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23878 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23879 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23880 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23881 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23883 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23884 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23885 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23886 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23888 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23890 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23891 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23892 This is done when the message is initialized,
23893 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23897 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23898 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23899 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23901 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23903 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23904 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23905 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23906 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23907 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23908 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23909 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23911 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23913 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23914 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23916 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23918 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23919 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23920 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23921 be a Babyl file.")
23923 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23925 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23926 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23927 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23928 when you first send mail.")
23930 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23932 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23933 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23934 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23935 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23936 This file need not actually exist.")
23938 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23940 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23941 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23943 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23945 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23946 Alist of mail address aliases,
23947 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23948 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23949 can specify a different file name.)
23950 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23951 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23953 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23954 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23955 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23957 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23959 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23960 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23961 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23963 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23965 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23966 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23967 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23968 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23969 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23970 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23971 in the cited portion of the message.
23973 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23974 instead of no action.")
23976 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23978 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23979 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23980 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23981 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23982 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23984 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23986 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23987 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23988 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23989 If a string, that string is inserted.
23990 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23991 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23992 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23993 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23997 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23998 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24002 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24003 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24004 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24006 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24007 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24009 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24011 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24012 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24013 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24014 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24016 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24018 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24019 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24020 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24022 \(fn)" nil nil)
24024 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24026 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24029 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24031 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24032 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24033 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24035 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24036 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24038 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24039 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24040 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24041 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24042 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24043 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24044 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24045 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24046 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24047 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24048 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24049 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24050 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24051 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24053 \(fn)" t nil)
24055 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24056 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24057 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24058 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24062 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24063 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24064 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24065 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24066 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24067 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24069 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24070 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24071 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24073 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24074 User should not set this variable manually,
24075 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24076 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24077 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24079 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24080 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24081 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24082 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24084 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24085 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24087 \\<mail-mode-map>
24088 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24090 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24091 to move to message header fields:
24092 \\{mail-mode-map}
24094 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24095 when the message is initialized.
24097 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24098 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24100 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24101 is inserted.
24103 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24104 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24106 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24107 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24108 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24109 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24110 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24111 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24112 buffer without erasing the contents.
24114 The second through fifth arguments,
24115 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24116 the initial contents of those header fields.
24117 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24118 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24119 original message being replied to, or else an action
24120 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24121 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24122 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24123 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24124 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24125 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24127 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24129 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24130 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24132 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24134 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24135 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24137 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24139 ;;;***
24141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
24142 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24144 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24146 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24148 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24150 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24151 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24152 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24153 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24154 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24155 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24157 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24158 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24160 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24161 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24162 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24164 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24165 \\[server-start].
24167 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24169 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24170 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24171 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24172 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24174 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24176 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24177 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24178 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24180 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24181 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24183 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24185 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24186 Toggle Server mode.
24187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24189 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24191 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24192 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24193 `server-start' for details.
24195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24197 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24198 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24199 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24201 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24202 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24204 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24206 ;;;***
24208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21454 14892 338155 0))
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24211 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24212 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24214 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24215 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24216 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24217 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24218 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24220 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24221 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24222 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24223 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24224 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24225 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24227 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24228 displayed.
24230 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24231 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24232 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24234 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24235 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24237 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24238 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24240 \\{ses-mode-map}
24241 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24242 part):
24243 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24244 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24245 formula:
24246 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24248 \(fn)" t nil)
24250 ;;;***
24252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21481
24253 ;;;;;; 59815 980216 0))
24254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24256 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24257 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24258 Makes > match <.
24259 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24260 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24262 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24263 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24264 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24266 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24267 in your init file.
24269 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24271 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24272 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24273 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24275 \(fn)" t nil)
24277 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24278 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24279 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24280 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24281 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24282 which this is based.
24284 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24286 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24287 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24288 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24289 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24291 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24292 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24293 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24295 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24296 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24297 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24298 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24300 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24301 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24302 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24303 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24305 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24307 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24308 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24309 To work around that, do:
24310 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24312 \\{html-mode-map}
24314 \(fn)" t nil)
24316 ;;;***
24318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21452
24319 ;;;;;; 59559 901066 0))
24320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24321 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24322 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24324 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24325 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24326 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24327 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24328 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24329 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24331 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24332 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24333 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24334 shell-specific features.
24336 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24337 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24338 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24339 \\<sh-mode-map>
24340 \\[sh-case] case statement
24341 \\[sh-for] for loop
24342 \\[sh-function] function definition
24343 \\[sh-if] if statement
24344 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24345 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24346 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24347 \\[sh-select] select loop
24348 \\[sh-until] until loop
24349 \\[sh-while] while loop
24351 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24352 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24353 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24354 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24355 would indent to the way it currently is.
24356 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24357 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24360 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24361 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24362 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24363 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24364 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24365 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24367 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24368 unquoted < insert a here document.
24370 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24371 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24372 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24374 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24375 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24377 \(fn)" t nil)
24379 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24381 ;;;***
24383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21271 54940
24384 ;;;;;; 492268 31000))
24385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24387 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24388 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24390 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24391 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24392 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24394 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24395 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24396 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24397 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24398 the earlier.
24400 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24402 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24404 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24405 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24406 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24408 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24409 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24411 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24412 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24413 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24414 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24415 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24416 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24417 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24418 Emacs version).
24420 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24421 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24422 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24423 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24424 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24426 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24427 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24429 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24431 ;;;***
24433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24434 ;;;;;; 0))
24435 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24437 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24438 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24439 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24440 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24441 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24442 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24443 sites in the cluster.
24445 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24447 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24448 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24449 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24450 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24451 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24453 \(fn)" t nil)
24455 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24456 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24457 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24458 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24459 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24460 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24461 `shadow-define-cluster').
24463 \(fn)" t nil)
24465 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24466 Set up file shadowing.
24468 \(fn)" t nil)
24470 ;;;***
24472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21374 22080 740835 768000))
24473 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24475 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24476 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24477 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24478 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24479 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24480 arguments.")
24482 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24484 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24485 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24486 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24487 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24488 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24490 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24491 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24492 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24493 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24494 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24495 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24496 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24497 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24498 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24499 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24500 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24502 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24503 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24504 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24505 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24506 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24507 `default-process-coding-system'.
24509 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24510 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24511 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24512 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24514 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24516 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24518 ;;;***
24520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21503 425 992235 0))
24521 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24523 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24524 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24526 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24528 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24529 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24530 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24531 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24533 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24535 ;;;***
24537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24538 ;;;;;; 0))
24539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24541 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24544 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24546 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24549 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24551 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24554 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24556 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24559 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24561 ;;;***
24563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24564 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24567 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24568 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24569 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24570 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24571 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24573 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24575 \(fn)" t nil)
24577 ;;;***
24579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24580 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24583 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24584 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24585 \\{simula-mode-map}
24586 Variables controlling indentation style:
24587 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24588 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24589 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24590 `simula-indent-level'
24591 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24592 `simula-substatement-offset'
24593 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24594 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24595 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24596 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24597 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24598 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24599 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24600 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24601 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24602 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24603 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24604 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24605 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24606 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24607 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24608 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24609 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24610 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24611 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24612 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24613 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24614 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24615 or nil if they should not be changed.
24616 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24617 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24618 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24619 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24621 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24622 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24624 \(fn)" t nil)
24626 ;;;***
24628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21420 38312 308000
24629 ;;;;;; 0))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24632 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24633 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24635 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24636 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24637 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24638 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24640 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24642 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24644 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24645 Insert SKELETON.
24646 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24647 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24648 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24649 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24650 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24652 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24653 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24655 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24657 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24658 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24660 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24661 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24662 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24663 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24665 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24666 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24667 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24668 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24670 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24671 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24672 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24674 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24675 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24677 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24678 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24680 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24681 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24682 is at bol/eol
24683 _ interesting point, interregion here
24684 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24685 interesting point set by _
24686 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24687 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24688 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24689 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24690 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24691 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24692 nil skipped
24694 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24695 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24697 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24698 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24699 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24700 as the first element when at bol.
24702 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24703 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24704 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24705 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24706 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24707 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24708 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24709 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24711 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24712 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24713 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24714 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24715 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24716 available:
24718 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24719 then: insert previously read string once more
24720 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24721 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24722 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24724 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24725 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24727 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24729 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24730 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24732 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24733 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24734 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24735 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24736 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24737 such as backslash.
24739 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24740 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24741 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24743 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24745 ;;;***
24747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21409 26408
24748 ;;;;;; 607647 0))
24749 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24751 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24752 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24753 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24754 buffer names.
24756 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24758 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24759 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24761 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24762 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24763 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24767 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24768 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24769 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24773 ;;;***
24775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24776 ;;;;;; 0))
24777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24779 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24780 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24781 A list of images is returned.
24783 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24785 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24786 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24787 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24789 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24791 ;;;***
24793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21322 25639
24794 ;;;;;; 363230 0))
24795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24797 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24800 \(fn)" nil nil)
24802 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24803 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24805 \(fn)" t nil)
24807 ;;;***
24809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24810 ;;;;;; 0))
24811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24813 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24814 Play the Snake game.
24815 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24817 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24819 Snake mode keybindings:
24820 \\<snake-mode-map>
24821 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24822 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24823 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24824 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24825 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24826 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24827 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24829 \(fn)" t nil)
24831 ;;;***
24833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24834 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24837 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24838 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24839 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24840 Tab indents for C code.
24841 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24842 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24843 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24844 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24845 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24847 \(fn)" t nil)
24849 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24850 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24851 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24852 Tab indents for C code.
24853 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24854 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24855 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24856 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24857 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24859 \(fn)" t nil)
24861 ;;;***
24863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24864 ;;;;;; 0))
24865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24867 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24868 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24869 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24870 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24871 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24873 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24877 ;;;***
24879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24880 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24883 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24884 Play Solitaire.
24886 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24887 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24888 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24889 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24890 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24891 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24892 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24893 check after each move or undo.)
24895 What is Solitaire?
24897 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24898 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24899 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24901 Le Solitaire
24902 ============
24904 o o o
24906 o o o
24908 o o o o o o o
24910 o o o . o o o
24912 o o o o o o o
24914 o o o
24916 o o o
24918 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24919 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24920 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24921 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24923 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24924 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24925 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24926 this: o o .
24928 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24929 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24931 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24933 o o o
24935 . o o
24937 o o . o o o o
24939 o . o o o o o
24941 o o o o o o o
24943 o o o
24945 o o o
24947 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24949 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24951 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24953 ;;;***
24955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24956 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24957 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24959 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24960 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24962 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24963 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24964 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24965 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24966 contiguous.
24968 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24969 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24970 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24971 the sort order.
24973 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24974 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24976 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24977 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24978 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24979 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24980 is called.
24982 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24983 It should move point to the end of the record.
24985 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24986 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24987 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24988 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24989 starts at the beginning of the record.
24991 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24992 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24993 same as ENDRECFUN.
24995 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24996 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24997 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24998 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24999 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25000 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25001 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25003 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25005 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25006 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25007 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25008 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25009 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25010 the sort order.
25012 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25014 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25015 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25016 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25017 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25018 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25019 the sort order.
25021 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25023 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25024 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25025 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25026 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25027 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25028 the sort order.
25030 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25031 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25033 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25034 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25035 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25036 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25037 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25038 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25039 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25040 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25041 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25043 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25045 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25046 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25047 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25048 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25049 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25050 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25051 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25052 the sort order.
25054 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25056 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25057 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25058 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25059 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25061 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25062 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25064 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25065 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25066 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25067 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25068 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25069 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25070 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25071 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25073 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25075 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25076 the sort order.
25078 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25079 starting with the letter \"f\",
25080 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25082 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25084 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25085 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25086 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25087 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25088 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25089 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25090 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25091 the sort order.
25093 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25094 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25095 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25096 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25097 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25099 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25101 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25102 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25103 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25105 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25107 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25108 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25109 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25110 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25111 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25112 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25113 each repeated line.
25115 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25116 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25117 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25118 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25120 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25121 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25123 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25124 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25126 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25128 ;;;***
25130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
25131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25133 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25134 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25135 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25136 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25137 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25138 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25140 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25142 ;;;***
25144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25145 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
25146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25148 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25149 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25151 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25152 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25153 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25155 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25157 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25158 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25159 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25160 server.
25162 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25164 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25165 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25166 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25168 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25170 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25171 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25172 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25173 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25174 Agent is plugged.
25176 \(fn)" t nil)
25178 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25179 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25180 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25181 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25183 \(fn)" t nil)
25185 ;;;***
25187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21485 56871 932720
25188 ;;;;;; 0))
25189 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25191 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25193 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25194 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25195 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25196 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25197 supported at a time.
25198 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25199 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25203 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25204 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25205 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25206 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25208 \(fn)" t nil)
25210 ;;;***
25212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25213 ;;;;;; 0))
25214 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25216 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25217 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25219 \(fn)" t nil)
25221 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25222 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25224 \(fn)" nil nil)
25226 ;;;***
25228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21263 60346 30834
25229 ;;;;;; 928000))
25230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25231 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25233 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25234 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25236 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25237 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25238 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25239 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25240 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25241 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25242 of the current highlighting list.
25244 For example:
25246 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25247 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25249 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25250 `_t' as data types.
25252 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25254 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25255 Major mode to edit SQL.
25257 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25258 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25259 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25261 \\{sql-mode-map}
25262 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25264 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25265 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25266 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25267 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25268 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25269 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25271 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25272 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25274 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25275 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25276 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25278 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25279 (lambda ()
25280 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25282 \(fn)" t nil)
25284 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25285 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25287 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25288 their settings.
25290 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25291 is specified in the connection settings.
25293 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25295 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25296 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25298 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25299 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25301 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25302 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25303 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25304 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25306 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25308 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25310 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25311 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25313 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25314 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25315 `*SQL*'.
25317 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25318 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25319 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25320 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25322 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25323 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25325 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25326 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25327 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25328 buffer.
25330 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25331 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25332 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25333 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25334 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25335 `default-process-coding-system'.
25337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25339 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25341 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25342 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25344 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25345 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25346 `*SQL*'.
25348 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25349 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25350 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25351 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25353 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25354 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25356 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25357 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25358 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25359 buffer.
25361 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25362 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25363 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25364 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25365 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25366 `default-process-coding-system'.
25368 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25370 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25372 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25373 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25375 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25376 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25377 `*SQL*'.
25379 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25380 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25382 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25383 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25385 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25386 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25387 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25388 buffer.
25390 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25391 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25392 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25393 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25394 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25395 `default-process-coding-system'.
25397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25399 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25401 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25402 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25404 SQLite is free software.
25406 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25407 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25408 `*SQL*'.
25410 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25411 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25412 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25413 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25415 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25416 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25418 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25419 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25420 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25421 buffer.
25423 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25424 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25425 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25426 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25427 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25428 `default-process-coding-system'.
25430 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25432 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25434 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25435 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25437 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25439 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25440 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25441 `*SQL*'.
25443 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25444 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25445 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25446 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25448 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25449 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25451 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25453 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25454 buffer.
25456 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25457 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25458 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25459 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25460 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25461 `default-process-coding-system'.
25463 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25467 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25468 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25470 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25471 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25472 `*SQL*'.
25474 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25475 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25476 defaults, if set.
25478 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25479 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25481 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25482 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25483 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25484 buffer.
25486 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25487 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25488 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25489 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25490 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25491 `default-process-coding-system'.
25493 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25497 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25498 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25500 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25501 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25502 `*SQL*'.
25504 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25505 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25507 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25508 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25510 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25511 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25512 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25513 buffer.
25515 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25516 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25518 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25519 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25520 `default-process-coding-system'.
25522 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25524 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25526 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25527 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25529 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25530 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25531 `*SQL*'.
25533 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25534 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25535 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25536 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25538 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25539 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25541 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25543 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25544 buffer.
25546 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25547 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25548 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25549 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25550 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25551 `default-process-coding-system'.
25553 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25555 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25557 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25558 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25560 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25561 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25562 `*SQL*'.
25564 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25565 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25566 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25567 `sql-postgres-options'.
25569 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25570 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25572 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25574 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25575 buffer.
25577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25578 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25580 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25582 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25583 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25584 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25586 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25587 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25593 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25594 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25596 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25597 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25598 `*SQL*'.
25600 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25601 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25602 defaults, if set.
25604 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25607 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25608 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25609 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25610 buffer.
25612 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25613 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25614 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25615 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25616 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25617 `default-process-coding-system'.
25619 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25621 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25623 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25624 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25626 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25627 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25628 `*SQL*'.
25630 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25631 automatic login.
25633 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25634 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25636 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25637 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25638 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25639 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25641 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25642 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25643 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25644 buffer.
25646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25651 `default-process-coding-system'.
25653 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25655 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25657 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25658 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25660 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25661 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25662 `*SQL*'.
25664 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25665 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25666 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25667 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25668 parameters.
25670 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25671 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25672 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25673 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25674 an empty password.
25676 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25677 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25679 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25680 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25681 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25682 buffer.
25684 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25686 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25688 ;;;***
25690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25691 ;;;;;; 0))
25692 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25693 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25695 ;;;***
25697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25698 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25699 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25701 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25702 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25704 \(fn)" t nil)
25706 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25708 ;;;***
25710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25711 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25714 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25715 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25716 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25717 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25718 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25719 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25720 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25721 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25722 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25723 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25724 with any buffer
25725 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25726 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25727 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25728 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25730 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25732 ;;;***
25734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
25735 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25737 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25738 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25739 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25740 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25741 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25742 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25744 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25746 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25748 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25749 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25750 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25751 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25752 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25753 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25754 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25756 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25758 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25759 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25760 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25761 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25762 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25763 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25764 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25766 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25768 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25769 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25770 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25772 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25774 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25775 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25776 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25778 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25780 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25781 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25783 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25785 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25786 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25788 \(fn)" t nil)
25790 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25791 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25793 \(fn)" t nil)
25795 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25796 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25797 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25798 by command name.
25799 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25801 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25803 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25804 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25805 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25807 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25808 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25810 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25812 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25813 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25815 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25816 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25818 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25819 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25820 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25821 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25822 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25824 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25825 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25826 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25827 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25829 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25833 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25834 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25835 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25836 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25838 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25840 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25841 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25843 \(fn)" t nil)
25845 ;;;***
25847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25848 ;;;;;; 0))
25849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25851 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25852 Studlify-case the region.
25854 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25856 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25857 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25859 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25861 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25862 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25864 \(fn)" t nil)
25866 ;;;***
25868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21377 49959
25869 ;;;;;; 896066 0))
25870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25872 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "24.5")
25874 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25875 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25880 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25881 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25882 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25883 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25885 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25886 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25887 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25889 Nomenclature Subwords
25890 ===========================================================
25891 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25892 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25893 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25895 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25896 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25898 \\{subword-mode-map}
25900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25902 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25903 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25904 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25907 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25909 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25911 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25912 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25913 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25914 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25915 ARG is omitted or nil.
25917 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25918 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25919 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25923 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25924 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25925 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25926 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25927 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25929 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25930 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25931 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25932 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25934 \\{superword-mode-map}
25936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25938 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25939 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25940 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25943 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25945 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25947 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25948 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25949 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25950 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25951 ARG is omitted or nil.
25953 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25954 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25955 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25959 ;;;***
25961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
25962 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
25963 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25965 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25966 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25967 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25968 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25969 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25970 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25971 original message but it does require a few things:
25973 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25975 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25976 reply buffer.
25978 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25979 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25980 original message.
25982 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25984 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25986 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25987 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25988 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25990 \(fn)" nil nil)
25992 ;;;***
25994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
25995 ;;;;;; 0))
25996 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25998 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26000 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26001 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26002 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26004 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26005 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26007 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26009 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26010 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26011 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26012 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26013 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26015 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26016 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26017 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26021 ;;;***
26023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26024 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26026 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26027 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26028 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26029 buffer.
26031 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26032 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26033 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26035 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26037 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26038 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26039 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26040 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26041 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26042 buffer.
26044 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26045 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26046 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26048 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26050 ;;;***
26052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
26053 ;;;;;; 0))
26054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26056 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26057 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26058 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26060 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26062 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26063 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26065 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26067 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26068 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26070 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26072 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26073 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26075 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26077 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26078 Insert an editable text table.
26079 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26080 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26081 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26082 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26083 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26084 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26085 delimiting them.
26087 Examples:
26089 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26091 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26092 location of point.
26096 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26097 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26098 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26099 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26100 first cell.
26102 +-----+-----+-----+
26103 |-!- | | |
26104 +-----+-----+-----+
26106 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26108 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26109 width, which results as
26111 +--------------+-----+-----+
26112 |-!- | | |
26113 +--------------+-----+-----+
26115 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26116 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26118 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26119 | | |-!- |
26120 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26122 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26123 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26124 width information to `table-insert'.
26126 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26128 instead of
26130 Cell width(s): 5
26132 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26133 work all together.
26135 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26136 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26138 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26139 |-!- | | |
26140 | | | |
26141 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26143 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26145 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26146 |-!- | | |
26147 | | | |
26148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26149 | | | |
26150 | | | |
26151 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26153 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26155 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156 | | | |
26157 | | | |
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159 | | | |
26160 | | | |
26161 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26164 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26165 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26166 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26168 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26169 | | | |
26170 | | | |
26171 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26172 | | | |
26173 | | | |
26174 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26175 |-!- | | |
26176 | | | |
26177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26179 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26180 results.
26182 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26183 | | | |
26184 | | | |
26185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26187 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26188 | | |expected results.-!- |
26189 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190 | | | |
26191 | | | |
26192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26194 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26196 \\{table-cell-map}
26198 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26200 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26201 Insert N table row(s).
26202 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26203 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26204 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26205 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26207 \(fn N)" t nil)
26209 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26210 Insert N table column(s).
26211 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26212 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26213 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26214 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26216 \(fn N)" t nil)
26218 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26219 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26220 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26222 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26224 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26225 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26226 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26227 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26228 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26229 all the table specific features.
26231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26233 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26236 \(fn)" t nil)
26238 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26239 Recognize all tables within region.
26240 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26241 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26242 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26243 specific features.
26245 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26247 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26250 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26252 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26253 Recognize a table at point.
26254 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26255 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26256 the table specific features.
26258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26260 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26263 \(fn)" t nil)
26265 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26266 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26267 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26268 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26269 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26270 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26271 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26273 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26275 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26278 \(fn)" t nil)
26280 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26281 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26282 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26283 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26284 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26285 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26286 specified.
26288 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26290 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26291 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26292 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26293 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26294 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26295 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26296 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26297 table structure.
26299 \(fn N)" t nil)
26301 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26302 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26303 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26304 table's rectangle structure.
26306 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26308 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26309 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26310 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26311 table's rectangle structure.
26313 \(fn N)" t nil)
26315 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26316 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26317 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26318 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26319 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26321 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26323 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26324 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26325 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26327 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26328 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26329 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26330 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26331 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26332 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26333 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26335 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26336 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26337 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26338 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26339 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26340 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26341 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26343 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26344 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26345 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26346 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26347 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26348 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26349 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26350 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26352 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26354 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26355 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26356 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26357 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26361 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26362 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26363 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26365 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26367 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26368 Split current cell vertically.
26369 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26371 \(fn)" t nil)
26373 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26374 Split current cell horizontally.
26375 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26377 \(fn)" t nil)
26379 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26380 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26381 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26383 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26385 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26386 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26387 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26388 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26390 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26392 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26393 Justify cell contents.
26394 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26395 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26396 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26397 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26399 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26401 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26402 Justify cells of a row.
26403 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26404 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26406 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26408 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26409 Justify cells of a column.
26410 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26411 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26413 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26415 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26416 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26417 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26418 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26419 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26420 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26421 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26422 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26423 run-time.
26425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26428 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26429 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26430 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26431 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26432 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26433 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26434 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26435 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26436 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26437 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26439 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26442 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26443 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26444 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26445 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26446 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26447 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26448 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26449 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26450 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26451 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26452 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26453 untouched.
26455 References used for this implementation:
26457 HTML:
26458 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26460 LaTeX:
26461 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26463 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26464 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26465 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26467 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26469 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26470 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26471 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26472 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26473 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26474 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26475 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26476 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26477 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26478 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26479 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26480 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26481 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26482 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26483 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26484 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26485 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26487 Example:
26489 (progn
26490 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26491 (table-forward-cell 15)
26492 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26493 (table-forward-cell 16)
26494 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26495 (table-forward-cell 1)
26496 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26498 (progn
26499 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26500 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26501 (table-forward-cell 1)
26502 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26504 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26506 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26507 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26508 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26509 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26510 consists from cells of same height.
26512 \(fn N)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26515 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26516 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26517 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26518 column must consists from cells of same width.
26520 \(fn N)" t nil)
26522 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26523 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26524 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26525 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26526 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26527 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26528 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26529 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26530 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26531 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26532 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26533 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26534 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26535 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26536 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26539 Example 1:
26541 1, 2, 3, 4
26542 5, 6, 7, 8
26543 , 9, 10
26545 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26546 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26547 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26548 specified as 5.
26550 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26551 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26552 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26553 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26554 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26555 | | 9 | 10 | |
26556 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26558 Note:
26560 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26561 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26562 of each row is optional.
26565 Example 2:
26567 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26568 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26569 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26570 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26571 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26573 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26574 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26576 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26577 expression and raw delimiter regular
26578 expression, it parses the specified text
26579 area and extracts cell items from
26580 non-table text and then forms a table out
26581 of them.
26583 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26584 creates a single cell table. The text in
26585 the specified region is placed in that
26586 cell.-*-
26588 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26589 like this.
26591 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26592 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26593 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26595 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26596 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26597 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26598 | area and extracts cell items from |
26599 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26600 | of them. |
26602 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26603 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26604 | the specified region is placed in that |
26605 | cell. |
26606 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26608 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26609 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26610 independently.
26612 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26613 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26614 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26615 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26616 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26617 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26618 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26619 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26620 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26621 | |of them. |
26622 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26623 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26624 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26625 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26626 | |cell. |
26627 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26629 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26630 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26631 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26633 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26635 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26636 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26637 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26638 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26639 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26641 \(fn)" t nil)
26643 ;;;***
26645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26646 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26648 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26649 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26651 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26653 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26654 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26656 \(fn)" t nil)
26658 ;;;***
26660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
26661 ;;;;;; 0))
26662 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26664 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26665 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26666 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26667 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26668 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26669 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26670 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26672 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26673 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26674 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26675 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26677 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26678 \\{tar-mode-map}
26680 \(fn)" t nil)
26682 ;;;***
26684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26685 ;;;;;; 0))
26686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26688 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26689 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26690 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26691 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26692 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26693 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26695 Variables controlling indentation style:
26696 `tcl-indent-level'
26697 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26698 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26699 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26701 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26702 documentation for details):
26703 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26704 Controls action of TAB key.
26705 `tcl-auto-newline'
26706 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26707 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26708 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26709 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26710 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26712 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26713 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26714 already exist.
26716 \(fn)" t nil)
26718 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26719 Run inferior Tcl process.
26720 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26721 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26723 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26725 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26726 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26727 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26729 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26731 ;;;***
26733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26734 ;;;;;; 0))
26735 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26737 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26738 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26739 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26740 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26742 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26743 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26744 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26745 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26746 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26748 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26750 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26751 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26752 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26753 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26755 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26757 ;;;***
26759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26762 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26763 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26764 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26765 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26766 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26767 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26769 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26771 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26772 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26773 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26774 commands to use in that buffer.
26776 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26778 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26780 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26781 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26783 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26785 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26786 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26787 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26788 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26789 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26790 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26791 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26792 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26793 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26794 use in that buffer.
26795 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26797 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26799 ;;;***
26801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26802 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26805 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26806 Start coverage on function under point.
26808 \(fn)" t nil)
26810 ;;;***
26812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26813 ;;;;;; 0))
26814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26815 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26817 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26818 Play the Tetris game.
26819 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26820 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26821 as to form complete rows.
26823 tetris-mode keybindings:
26824 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26825 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26826 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26827 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26828 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26829 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26830 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26831 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26832 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26834 \(fn)" t nil)
26836 ;;;***
26838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21462 9001
26839 ;;;;;; 456449 0))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26842 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26843 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26845 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26847 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26848 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26849 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26850 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26851 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26853 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26855 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26856 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26857 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26858 if it matches the first line of the file,
26859 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26861 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26863 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26864 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26865 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26866 if the variable is non-nil.")
26868 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26870 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26871 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26875 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26876 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26877 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26878 See the documentation of that variable.")
26880 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26882 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26883 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26884 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26885 See the documentation of that variable.")
26887 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26889 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26890 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26891 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26892 See the documentation of that variable.")
26894 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26896 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26897 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26898 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26899 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26900 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26902 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26904 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26905 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26906 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26907 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26909 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26911 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26912 User defined LaTeX block names.
26913 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26915 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26917 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26918 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26919 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26920 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26924 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26925 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26926 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26927 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26931 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26932 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26933 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26934 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26936 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26937 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26938 for example,
26940 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26941 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26943 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26944 use.")
26946 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26948 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26949 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26950 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26951 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26952 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26954 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26956 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26958 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26959 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26960 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26962 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26964 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26965 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26966 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26967 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26968 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26970 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26972 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26973 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26975 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26977 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26978 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26980 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26982 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26983 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26984 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26985 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26986 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26987 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26988 says which mode to use.
26990 \(fn)" t nil)
26992 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26994 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26996 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26998 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26999 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27000 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27001 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27002 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27004 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27005 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27006 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27007 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27008 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27009 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27010 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27012 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27013 mismatched $'s or braces.
27015 Special commands:
27016 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27018 Mode variables:
27019 tex-run-command
27020 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27021 tex-directory
27022 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27023 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27024 tex-dvi-print-command
27025 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27026 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27027 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27028 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27029 tex-dvi-view-command
27030 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27031 tex-show-queue-command
27032 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27033 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27035 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27036 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27037 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27039 \(fn)" t nil)
27041 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27042 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27043 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27044 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27045 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27047 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27048 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27049 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27050 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27051 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27052 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27053 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27055 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27056 mismatched $'s or braces.
27058 Special commands:
27059 \\{latex-mode-map}
27061 Mode variables:
27062 latex-run-command
27063 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27064 tex-directory
27065 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27066 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27067 tex-dvi-print-command
27068 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27069 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27070 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27071 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27072 tex-dvi-view-command
27073 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27074 tex-show-queue-command
27075 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27076 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27078 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27079 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27080 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27082 \(fn)" t nil)
27084 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27085 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27086 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27087 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27088 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27090 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27091 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27092 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27093 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27094 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27095 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27096 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27098 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27099 mismatched $'s or braces.
27101 Special commands:
27102 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27104 Mode variables:
27105 slitex-run-command
27106 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27107 tex-directory
27108 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27109 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27110 tex-dvi-print-command
27111 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27112 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27113 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27114 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27115 tex-dvi-view-command
27116 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27117 tex-show-queue-command
27118 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27119 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27121 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27122 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27123 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27124 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27126 \(fn)" t nil)
27128 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27131 \(fn)" nil nil)
27133 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27134 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27136 \(fn)" t nil)
27138 ;;;***
27140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27141 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27144 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27145 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27146 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27147 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27149 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27150 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27151 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27153 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27155 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27156 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27157 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27158 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27159 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27161 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27163 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27164 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27165 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27166 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27168 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27169 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27170 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27171 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27173 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27174 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27176 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27178 ;;;***
27180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21414 44327
27181 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
27182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27184 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27185 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27187 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27189 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27190 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27192 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27194 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27195 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27197 It has these extra commands:
27198 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27200 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27201 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27202 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27203 modified version of TeX input format.
27205 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27206 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27207 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27208 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27210 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27211 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27212 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27213 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27214 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27215 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27216 in the Texinfo file.
27218 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27219 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27220 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27221 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27222 move forward past the closing brace.
27224 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27225 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27227 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27228 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27229 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27231 Here are the functions:
27233 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27234 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27235 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27237 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27238 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27239 texinfo-master-menu
27241 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27243 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27244 which menu descriptions are indented.
27246 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27247 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27248 in the region.
27250 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27251 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27252 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27253 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27255 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27256 be the first node in the file.
27258 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27259 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27261 \(fn)" t nil)
27263 ;;;***
27265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27266 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27267 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27269 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27270 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27271 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27272 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27274 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27276 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27277 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27279 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27281 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27282 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27284 \(fn)" t nil)
27286 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27289 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27291 ;;;***
27293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27294 ;;;;;; 0))
27295 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27297 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27298 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27299 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27300 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27301 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27302 `line', and `page'.
27304 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27306 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27307 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27308 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27309 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27310 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27311 `line', and `page'.
27313 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27314 valid THING.
27316 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27317 positions of the thing found.
27319 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27321 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27322 Return the THING at point.
27323 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27324 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27325 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27326 `line', `number', and `page'.
27328 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27329 strip text properties from the return value.
27331 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27332 a symbol as a valid THING.
27334 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27336 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27337 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27339 \(fn)" nil nil)
27341 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27342 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27344 \(fn)" nil nil)
27346 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27347 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27349 \(fn)" nil nil)
27351 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27352 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27354 \(fn)" nil nil)
27356 ;;;***
27358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27359 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27361 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27362 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27364 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27366 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27367 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27368 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27369 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27371 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27373 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27374 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27376 \(fn)" t nil)
27378 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27379 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27381 \(fn)" t nil)
27383 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27385 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27386 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27388 \(fn)" t nil)
27390 ;;;***
27392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27393 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27394 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27396 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27397 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27398 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27400 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27402 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27403 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27405 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27407 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27408 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27409 The returned string has no composition information.
27411 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27413 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27414 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27416 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27418 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27419 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27421 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27423 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27424 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27425 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27426 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27428 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27430 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27431 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27432 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27433 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27435 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27437 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27438 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27439 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27441 \(fn)" t nil)
27443 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27444 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27445 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27447 \(fn)" t nil)
27449 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27452 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27454 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27457 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27459 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27462 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27464 ;;;***
27466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21393 38187
27467 ;;;;;; 675040 0))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27469 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
27471 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27472 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27473 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27474 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27475 parameters.
27476 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27477 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27478 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27480 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27482 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27483 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27484 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27485 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27486 parameters.
27487 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27488 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27489 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27491 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27493 ;;;***
27495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27496 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27498 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27499 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27501 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27502 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27504 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27505 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27506 This display updates automatically every minute.
27507 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27508 are displayed as well.
27509 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27511 \(fn)" t nil)
27513 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27514 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27515 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27517 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27518 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27520 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27522 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27523 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27525 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27526 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27528 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27529 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27530 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27531 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27532 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27536 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27537 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27538 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27539 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27541 \(fn)" t nil)
27543 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27544 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27545 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27546 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27548 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27550 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27551 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27553 \(fn)" t nil)
27555 ;;;***
27557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21471
27558 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
27559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27561 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27562 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27563 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27565 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27566 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27567 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27568 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27569 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27570 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27572 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27573 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27575 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27577 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27578 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27580 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27582 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27583 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27585 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27587 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27588 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27589 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27591 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27593 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27595 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27596 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27597 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27599 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27601 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27602 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27604 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27606 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27607 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27608 DATE should be a date-time string.
27610 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27612 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27613 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27614 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27616 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27618 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27619 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27621 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27623 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27624 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27626 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27628 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27629 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27630 TIME should be a time value.
27631 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27633 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27635 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27636 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27637 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27639 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27641 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27642 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27643 The valid format specifiers are:
27644 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27645 %d is the number of days.
27646 %h is the number of hours.
27647 %m is the number of minutes.
27648 %s is the number of seconds.
27649 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27650 %% is a literal \"%\".
27652 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27653 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27655 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27656 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27657 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27659 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27660 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27661 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27663 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27665 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27667 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27668 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27670 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27672 ;;;***
27674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27675 ;;;;;; 0))
27676 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27677 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27678 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27679 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27680 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27681 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27682 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27683 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27684 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27686 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27687 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27688 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27689 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27690 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27691 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27692 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27693 look like one of the following:
27694 Time-stamp: <>
27695 Time-stamp: \" \"
27696 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27697 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27698 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27699 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27700 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27701 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27702 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27703 the template.
27705 \(fn)" t nil)
27707 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27708 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27709 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27713 ;;;***
27715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27716 ;;;;;; 16439 978802 0))
27717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27718 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27720 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27721 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27722 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27725 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27727 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27729 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27730 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27731 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27732 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27733 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27734 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27735 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27736 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27737 display (non-nil means on).
27739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27741 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27742 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27743 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27744 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27745 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27746 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27747 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27748 this function is called within a day.
27750 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27751 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27752 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27753 discover the name of the project.
27755 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27757 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27758 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27759 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27760 begun during the last time segment.
27762 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27763 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27764 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27765 discover the reason.
27767 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27769 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27770 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27771 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27772 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27773 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27775 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27777 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27778 Change to working on a different project.
27779 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27780 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27781 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27782 working on.
27784 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27786 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27787 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27788 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27790 \(fn)" nil nil)
27792 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27793 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27794 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27796 \(fn)" t nil)
27798 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27799 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27800 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27801 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27802 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27803 \"relative to today\".
27805 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27807 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27808 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27809 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27810 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27812 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27814 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27815 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27816 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27817 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27818 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27819 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27821 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27823 ;;;***
27825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27826 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27829 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27830 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27831 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27832 the generated Quail package is saved.
27834 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27836 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27837 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27838 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27839 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27840 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27841 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27842 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27844 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27846 ;;;***
27848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27849 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27850 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27851 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27853 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27854 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27855 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27856 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27857 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27859 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27860 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27861 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27863 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27865 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27866 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27867 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27868 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27869 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27871 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27873 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27874 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27875 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27876 in the menu in two ways:
27877 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27878 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27879 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27881 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27882 keymap or an alist of alists.
27883 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27884 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27886 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27888 ;;;***
27890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21471
27891 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
27892 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27894 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27895 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27897 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27898 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27899 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27900 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27901 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27902 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27903 file was last visited.
27905 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27906 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27907 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27908 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27909 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27910 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27911 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27912 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27913 for the first item.
27915 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27916 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27917 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27918 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27919 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27920 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27921 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27922 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27924 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27925 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27926 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27927 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27928 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27930 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27931 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27933 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27935 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27936 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27938 \\{todo-mode-map}
27940 \(fn)" t nil)
27942 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27943 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27945 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27947 \(fn)" t nil)
27949 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27950 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27952 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27954 \(fn)" t nil)
27956 ;;;***
27958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
27959 ;;;;;; 0))
27960 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27962 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27963 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27964 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27968 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27969 Add an item to the tool bar.
27970 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27971 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27972 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27973 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27975 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27976 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27977 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27978 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27980 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27981 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27983 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27985 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27986 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27987 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27988 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27989 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27990 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27992 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27993 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27994 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27995 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27997 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27999 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28000 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28001 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28002 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28003 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28004 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28005 properties to add to the binding.
28007 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28009 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28010 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28012 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28014 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28015 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28016 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28017 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28018 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28019 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28020 properties to add to the binding.
28022 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28023 holds a keymap.
28025 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28027 ;;;***
28029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
28030 ;;;;;; 0))
28031 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28033 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28034 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28035 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28036 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28037 to a tcp server on another machine.
28039 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28041 ;;;***
28043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
28044 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
28045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28047 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28048 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28050 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28052 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28053 Helper function to get internal values.
28054 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28056 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28058 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28059 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28060 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28061 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28063 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28064 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28065 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28066 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28067 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28069 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28070 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28071 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28072 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28074 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28076 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28078 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28079 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28080 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28081 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28083 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28085 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28087 ;;;***
28089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21504 21288 950856
28090 ;;;;;; 0))
28091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28093 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28094 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28095 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28097 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28099 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28100 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28102 It can have the following values:
28104 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28105 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28107 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28109 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28110 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28111 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28112 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28114 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28116 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28117 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28118 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28119 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28121 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28122 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28123 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28124 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28125 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28126 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28127 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28128 files which are not really Tramp files.
28130 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28131 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28132 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28133 updated after changing this variable.
28135 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28137 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28138 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28139 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28140 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28142 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28144 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28145 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28146 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28147 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28149 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28150 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28151 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28153 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28154 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28155 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28156 updated after changing this variable.
28158 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28160 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28161 Alist of completion handler functions.
28162 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28163 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28164 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28166 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28167 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28168 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28169 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28171 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28172 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28173 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28175 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28176 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28178 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28179 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28181 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28183 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28186 \(fn)" nil nil)
28188 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28189 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28191 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28193 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28194 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28196 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28198 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28199 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28201 \(fn)" t nil)
28203 ;;;***
28205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21476 41895
28206 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
28207 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28209 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28212 \(fn)" nil nil)
28214 ;;;***
28216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21468 47783 238320
28217 ;;;;;; 0))
28218 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28220 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28221 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28222 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28223 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28224 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28225 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28226 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28227 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28229 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28230 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28231 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28233 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28234 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28235 resumed later.
28237 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28239 ;;;***
28241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28242 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28243 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28245 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28248 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28250 ;;;***
28252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28253 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28255 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28256 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28257 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28259 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28260 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28261 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28262 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28263 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28264 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28265 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28267 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28269 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28270 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28271 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28272 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28274 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28276 \(fn)" t nil)
28278 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28279 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28280 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28281 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28282 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28283 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28284 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28286 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28287 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28289 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28290 \\___/\\
28291 / \\
28292 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28294 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28296 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28298 ;;;***
28300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28301 ;;;;;; 0))
28302 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28304 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28305 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28306 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28309 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28311 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28313 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28314 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28315 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28317 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28318 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28319 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28320 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28321 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28322 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28323 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28325 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28326 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28328 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28329 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28330 reset the keystroke counter.
28332 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28333 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28334 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28335 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28337 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28338 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28339 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28340 `type-break-schedule' command.
28342 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28343 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28344 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28345 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28346 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28347 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28348 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28349 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28350 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28352 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28353 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28354 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28355 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28356 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28358 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28359 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28360 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28361 approximate good values for this.
28363 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28364 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28366 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28367 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28368 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28369 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28370 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28371 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28373 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28374 a typing break occur. They include:
28376 `type-break-query-mode'
28377 `type-break-query-function'
28378 `type-break-query-interval'
28380 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28382 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28383 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28384 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28385 problems.
28387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28389 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28390 Take a typing break.
28392 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28393 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28395 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28396 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28398 \(fn)" t nil)
28400 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28401 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28402 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28403 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28405 \(fn)" t nil)
28407 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28408 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28410 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28411 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28412 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28413 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28414 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28415 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28416 average typing speed.)
28418 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28419 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28420 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28421 the computed maximum threshold.
28423 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28424 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28425 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28426 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28427 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28429 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28431 ;;;***
28433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28436 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28437 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28438 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28439 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28440 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28442 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28444 ;;;***
28446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28447 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28448 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28450 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28451 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28453 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28455 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28456 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28458 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28460 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28461 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28463 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28465 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28466 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28468 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28470 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28471 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28473 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28475 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28476 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28478 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28480 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28481 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28485 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28486 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28488 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28490 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28491 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28495 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28496 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28498 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28500 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28501 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28503 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28505 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28506 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28508 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28510 ;;;***
28512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28513 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
28514 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28516 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28517 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28518 Works by overstriking underscores.
28519 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28520 which specify the range to operate on.
28522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28524 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28525 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28526 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28527 which specify the range to operate on.
28529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28531 ;;;***
28533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28534 ;;;;;; 0))
28535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28537 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28538 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28539 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28540 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28541 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28542 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28544 \(fn)" nil nil)
28546 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28547 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28548 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28550 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28552 ;;;***
28554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28555 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28556 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28558 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28559 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28560 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28561 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28563 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28565 ;;;***
28567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21302 6641 882267 783000))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28570 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28571 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28572 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28573 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28574 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28576 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28577 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28578 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28579 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28580 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28581 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28583 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28584 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28585 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28587 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28588 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28589 the callback is not called).
28591 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28592 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28593 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28594 take effect.
28596 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28597 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28598 the server.
28599 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28600 URL-encoded before it's used.
28602 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28604 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28605 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28606 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28607 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28608 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28610 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28612 ;;;***
28614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28615 ;;;;;; 0))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28618 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28619 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28620 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28622 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28623 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28624 `url-generic-parse-url'
28625 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28626 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28627 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28628 realm
28629 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28630 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28631 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28632 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28633 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28634 what type of auth to use
28635 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28636 if one cannot be found in the cache
28638 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28640 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28641 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28643 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28644 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28645 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28646 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28647 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28648 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28649 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28650 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28652 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28654 ;;;***
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28657 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28660 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28661 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28663 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28665 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28666 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28667 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28669 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28671 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28672 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28674 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28676 ;;;***
28678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28679 ;;;;;; 0))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28682 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28685 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28687 ;;;***
28689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21302 6606 390237
28690 ;;;;;; 377000))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28693 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28694 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28695 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28697 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28699 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28700 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28701 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28702 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28704 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28705 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28706 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28707 though.
28709 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28711 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28712 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28713 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28715 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28717 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28720 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28722 ;;;***
28724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28725 ;;;;;; 0))
28726 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28728 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28729 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28731 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28733 ;;;***
28735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21302 6606 390237
28736 ;;;;;; 377000))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28739 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28740 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28742 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28744 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28745 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28746 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28747 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28748 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28750 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28752 ;;;***
28754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21476
28755 ;;;;;; 41895 55661 0))
28756 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28758 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28759 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28760 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28762 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28763 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28765 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28767 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28768 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28770 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28771 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28775 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28776 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28777 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28778 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28780 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28782 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28783 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28784 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28785 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28786 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28787 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28788 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28789 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28790 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28791 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28793 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28795 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28796 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28797 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28798 accessible.
28800 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28802 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28805 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28807 ;;;***
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21419 62246 751914
28810 ;;;;;; 0))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28812 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28814 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28815 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28816 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28817 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28818 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28820 ;;;***
28822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28823 ;;;;;; 0))
28824 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28826 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28829 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28831 ;;;***
28833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28834 ;;;;;; 0))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28837 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28838 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28839 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28840 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28841 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28843 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28845 ;;;***
28847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
28848 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28851 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28854 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28856 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28857 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28859 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28861 ;;;***
28863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28864 ;;;;;; 0))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28867 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28868 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28870 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28872 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28873 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28875 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28877 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28880 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28882 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28884 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28886 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28888 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28889 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28891 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28893 ;;;***
28895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21301 65237 320114
28896 ;;;;;; 350000))
28897 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28899 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28904 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28907 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28909 ;;;***
28911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
28912 ;;;;;; 0))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28915 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28918 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28920 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28923 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28925 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28928 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28930 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28933 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28935 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28938 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28940 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28943 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28945 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28948 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28950 ;;;***
28952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21350 58112
28953 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28956 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28957 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28959 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28961 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28962 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28963 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28965 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28966 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28967 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28968 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28969 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28970 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28971 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28972 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28973 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28974 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28975 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28976 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28977 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28978 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28980 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28981 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28982 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28984 Here is an example. The URL
28986 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28988 parses to
28990 TYPE = \"foo\"
28991 USER = \"bob\"
28992 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28993 HOST = \"example.com\"
28994 PORTSPEC = 42
28995 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28996 TARGET = \"nose\"
28997 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28998 FULLNESS = t
29000 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29002 ;;;***
29004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
29005 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29006 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29008 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29009 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29011 \(fn)" t nil)
29013 ;;;***
29015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
29016 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
29017 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29019 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29020 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29021 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29022 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29023 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29024 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29026 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29028 ;;;***
29030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21307 58279
29031 ;;;;;; 19956 0))
29032 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29034 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29035 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29036 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29038 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29040 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29041 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29042 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29043 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29045 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29047 ;;;***
29049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21364 37926 837230
29050 ;;;;;; 0))
29051 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29053 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29054 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29055 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29057 If t, all messages will be logged.
29058 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29059 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29061 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29063 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29066 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29068 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29071 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29074 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29075 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29076 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29077 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29078 & ==> &amp;
29079 < ==> &lt;
29080 > ==> &gt;
29081 \" ==> &quot;
29083 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29085 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29086 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29087 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29089 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29092 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29093 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29095 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29097 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29098 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29100 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29102 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29103 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29105 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29107 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29108 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29110 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29115 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29117 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29120 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29122 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29124 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29125 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29127 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29129 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29130 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29132 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29134 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29137 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29139 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29140 Build a query-string.
29142 Given a QUERY in the form:
29143 '((key1 val1)
29144 (key2 val2)
29145 (key3 val1 val2)
29146 (key4)
29147 (key5 \"\"))
29149 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29151 This will return a string
29152 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29153 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29154 be used.
29156 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29158 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29159 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29161 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29163 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29164 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29165 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29166 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29167 forbidden in URL encoding.
29169 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29171 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29172 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29173 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29174 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29175 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29176 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29178 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29179 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29180 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29181 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29183 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29185 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29186 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29187 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29188 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29189 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29190 should return it unchanged.
29192 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29194 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29195 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29196 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29197 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29199 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29201 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29202 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29203 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29205 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29207 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29208 View the current document's URL.
29209 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29210 the minibuffer.
29212 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29214 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29216 ;;;***
29218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29219 ;;;;;; 374000))
29220 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29222 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29223 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29224 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29225 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29226 to refrain from editing the file
29227 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29228 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29229 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29230 in any way you like.
29232 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29234 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29235 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29236 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29237 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29238 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29240 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29241 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29243 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29245 ;;;***
29247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29248 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29249 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29251 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29254 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29256 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29259 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29261 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29264 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29266 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29269 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29271 ;;;***
29273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29276 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29277 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29279 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29281 ;;;***
29283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29284 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29287 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29288 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29289 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29290 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29292 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29294 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29295 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29296 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29298 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29300 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29301 Uudecode region between START and END.
29302 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29304 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29306 ;;;***
29308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21332 61483 90708 0))
29309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29311 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29312 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29313 See `run-hooks'.")
29315 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29317 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29318 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29319 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29321 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29323 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29324 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29325 See `run-hooks'.")
29327 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29329 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29330 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29331 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29332 same state. If not, signal an error.
29334 For merging-based version control systems:
29335 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29336 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29337 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29338 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29339 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29340 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29342 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29343 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29344 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29345 the file(s) for editing.
29346 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29347 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29348 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29349 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29350 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29351 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29353 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29355 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29356 Register into a version control system.
29357 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29358 Otherwise register the current file.
29359 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29360 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29362 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29363 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29364 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29365 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29366 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29367 first backend that could register the file is used.
29369 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29371 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29372 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29374 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29376 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29377 Display diffs between file revisions.
29378 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29379 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29380 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29382 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29383 saving the buffer.
29385 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29387 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29388 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29389 repository history using ediff.
29391 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29393 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29394 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29395 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29396 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29397 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29399 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29400 saving the buffer.
29402 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29404 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29405 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29406 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29407 fileset with the working revision.
29408 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29409 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29411 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29412 saving the buffer.
29414 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29416 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29417 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29418 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29420 \(fn)" nil nil)
29422 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29423 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29424 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29425 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29427 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29429 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29430 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29431 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29432 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29434 \(fn)" t nil)
29436 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29437 Perform a version control merge operation.
29438 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29439 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29440 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29441 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29443 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29444 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29445 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29446 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29447 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29448 changes from the current branch.
29450 \(fn)" t nil)
29452 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29454 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29455 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29456 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29457 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29458 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29459 checked out in that new branch.
29461 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29463 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29464 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29465 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29466 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29467 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29468 allowed and simply skipped).
29470 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29472 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29473 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29474 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29475 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29476 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29478 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29479 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29481 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29483 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29484 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29485 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29486 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29487 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29489 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29491 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29492 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29493 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29495 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29497 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29498 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29499 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29501 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29503 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29504 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29505 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29506 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29508 \(fn)" t nil)
29510 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29511 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29512 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29513 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29515 \(fn)" t nil)
29517 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29519 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29520 Update the current fileset or branch.
29521 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29522 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29523 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29524 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29526 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29527 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29528 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29529 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29530 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29534 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29536 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29537 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29538 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29539 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29540 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29541 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29542 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29544 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29546 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29547 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29548 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29549 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29550 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29551 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29552 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29553 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29554 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29556 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29558 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29559 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29560 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29561 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29563 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29565 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29566 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29567 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29568 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29570 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29572 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29573 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29574 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29575 directory.
29577 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29579 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29580 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29581 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29583 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29584 log entries should be gathered.
29586 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29588 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29589 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29591 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29593 ;;;***
29595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21481 59815
29596 ;;;;;; 980216 0))
29597 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29599 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29600 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29602 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29603 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29604 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29605 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29606 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29607 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29609 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29610 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29611 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29612 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29613 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29614 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29615 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29616 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29618 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29620 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29622 Customization variables:
29624 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29625 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29626 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29627 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29628 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29629 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29631 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29633 ;;;***
29635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29636 ;;;;;; 0))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29638 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29639 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29640 (progn
29641 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29642 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29644 ;;;***
29646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21452 59559 901066
29647 ;;;;;; 0))
29648 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29650 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29651 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29653 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29654 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29655 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29656 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29657 (progn
29658 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29659 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29661 ;;;***
29663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29664 ;;;;;; 0))
29665 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29666 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29667 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29668 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29669 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29670 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29671 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29673 ;;;***
29675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21187 63826 213216
29676 ;;;;;; 0))
29677 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29679 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29680 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29681 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29682 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29683 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29685 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29686 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29687 The file lines appear later.
29689 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29690 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29692 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29694 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29696 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29698 ;;;***
29700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21446
29701 ;;;;;; 45134 152348 0))
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29704 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29705 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29706 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29707 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29708 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29709 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29710 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29711 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29712 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29713 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29714 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29715 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29716 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29717 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29718 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29720 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29722 ;;;***
29724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21499 26793 739924
29725 ;;;;;; 529000))
29726 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29727 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29728 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29729 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29730 (progn
29731 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29732 (vc-git-registered file))))
29734 ;;;***
29736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21396 14374 24888 0))
29737 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29738 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29739 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29740 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29741 (progn
29742 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29743 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29745 ;;;***
29747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29748 ;;;;;; 0))
29749 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29751 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29752 Name of the monotone directory.")
29754 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29755 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29756 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29757 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29758 (progn
29759 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29760 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29762 ;;;***
29764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21379 5287 607434
29765 ;;;;;; 0))
29766 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29768 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29769 Where to look for RCS master files.
29770 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29772 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29774 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29776 ;;;***
29778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29779 ;;;;;; 0))
29780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29782 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29783 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29784 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29786 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29788 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29790 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29791 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29792 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29793 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29795 ;;;***
29797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29798 ;;;;;; 0))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29800 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29801 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29802 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29803 "_svn")
29804 (t ".svn"))))
29805 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29806 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29807 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29809 ;;;***
29811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21383
29812 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
29813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29814 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29815 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29817 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29818 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29820 Usage:
29821 ------
29823 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29824 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29825 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29826 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29828 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29829 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29830 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29831 completions.
29833 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29834 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29836 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29837 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29839 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29840 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29841 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29843 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29846 Maintenance:
29847 ------------
29849 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29850 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29852 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29854 Official distribution is at
29855 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29858 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29859 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29861 Key bindings:
29862 -------------
29864 \\{vera-mode-map}
29866 \(fn)" t nil)
29868 ;;;***
29870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29871 ;;;;;; (21388 20265 495157 0))
29872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29874 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29875 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29876 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29877 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29878 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29880 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29882 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29883 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29885 Supports highlighting.
29887 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29888 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29890 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29892 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29893 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29894 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29895 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29896 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29897 on the left side of your screen.
29898 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29899 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29900 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29901 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29902 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29903 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29904 function keyword.
29905 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29906 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29907 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29908 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29909 if (a)
29910 begin
29911 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29912 Indentation for case statements.
29913 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29914 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29915 mark after an end.
29916 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29917 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29918 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29919 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29920 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29921 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29922 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29923 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29924 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29925 if (a)
29926 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29927 otherwise you get:
29928 if (a)
29929 begin
29930 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29931 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29932 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29933 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29934 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29935 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29936 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29937 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29938 comments in tight quarters.
29939 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29940 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29942 Variables controlling other actions:
29944 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29945 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29946 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29948 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29950 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29952 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29953 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29954 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29956 Some other functions are:
29958 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29959 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29960 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29961 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29962 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29964 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29965 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29966 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29967 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29969 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29970 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29971 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29972 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29973 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29974 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30001 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30002 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30004 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30006 \(fn)" t nil)
30008 ;;;***
30010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21305
30011 ;;;;;; 16557 836987 0))
30012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30014 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30015 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30017 Usage:
30018 ------
30020 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30021 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30022 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30023 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30024 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30025 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30026 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30027 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30028 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30030 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30031 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30032 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30033 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30035 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30036 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30037 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30038 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30039 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30041 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30042 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30045 HEADER INSERTION:
30046 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30047 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30048 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30051 STUTTERING:
30052 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30053 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30054 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30055 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30057 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30058 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30059 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30060 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30061 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30064 WORD COMPLETION:
30065 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30066 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30067 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30068 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30070 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30071 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30072 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30073 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30074 beginning with \"std\").
30076 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30077 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30078 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30079 stop.
30082 COMMENTS:
30083 `--' puts a single comment.
30084 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30085 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30086 with a comment in between.
30087 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30088 out following lines.
30089 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30090 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30091 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30092 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30094 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30095 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30096 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30097 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30098 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30099 non-nil.
30101 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30102 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30103 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30104 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30105 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30106 multi-line comments.
30109 INDENTATION:
30110 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30111 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30112 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30113 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30114 the entire region.
30116 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30117 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30118 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30119 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30121 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30122 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30123 and vice versa.
30125 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30126 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30128 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30129 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30130 line.
30133 ALIGNMENT:
30134 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30135 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30136 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30137 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30138 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30139 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30140 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30141 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30143 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30144 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30145 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30146 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30147 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30148 is non-nil.
30150 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30151 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30152 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30154 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30155 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30158 CODE FILLING:
30159 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30160 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30161 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30162 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30163 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30164 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30167 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30168 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30169 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30170 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30171 command:
30173 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30176 PORT TRANSLATION:
30177 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30178 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30179 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30180 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30181 internal signal initializations (menu).
30183 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30184 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30185 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30187 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30188 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30189 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30190 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30191 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30192 in subsequent paste operations.)
30194 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30195 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30196 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30199 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30200 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30201 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30202 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30203 association list with formals).
30206 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30207 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30208 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30209 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30210 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30211 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30212 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30213 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30214 `vhdl-testbench'.
30217 KEY BINDINGS:
30218 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30221 VHDL MENU:
30222 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30225 FILE BROWSER:
30226 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30227 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30228 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30230 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30231 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30234 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30235 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30236 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30237 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30239 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30240 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30241 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30243 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30244 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30245 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30246 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30248 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30249 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30250 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30251 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30252 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30254 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30255 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30256 required by secondary units.
30259 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30260 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30261 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30262 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30263 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30264 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30265 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30266 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30267 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30268 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30269 inputs to this component -> input port created
30270 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30271 outputs from this component -> output port created
30272 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30273 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30275 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30276 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30277 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30278 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30279 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30281 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30282 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30284 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30285 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30286 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30287 component instantiation is also supported (option
30288 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30290 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30291 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30292 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30293 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30294 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30295 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30296 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30297 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30298 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30299 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30300 generating the configuration.
30302 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30303 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30304 configurations in speedbar.
30306 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30309 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30310 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30311 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30312 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30313 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30314 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30315 information. New compilers can be added.
30317 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30318 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30321 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30322 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30323 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30324 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30325 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30327 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30328 command:
30330 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30331 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30332 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30334 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30335 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30336 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30337 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30338 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30339 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30340 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30341 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30342 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30344 Limitations:
30345 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30346 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30347 not (yet) supported.
30348 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30349 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30350 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30353 PROJECTS:
30354 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30355 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30356 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30357 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30358 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30359 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30360 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30361 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30363 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30364 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30365 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30366 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30367 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30368 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30369 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30370 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30371 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30372 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30373 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30376 SPECIAL MENUES:
30377 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30378 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30379 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30380 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30381 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30382 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30383 current directory for VHDL source files.
30386 VHDL STANDARDS:
30387 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30388 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30391 KEYWORD CASE:
30392 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30393 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30394 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30395 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30396 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30397 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30398 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30399 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30402 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30403 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30404 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30405 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30406 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30407 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30408 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30410 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30411 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30412 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30413 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30414 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30415 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30417 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30418 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30419 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30420 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30421 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30422 visually.
30424 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30425 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30426 highlighted if written in lower case.
30428 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30429 highlighted using a different background color if option
30430 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30432 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30433 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30434 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30435 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30436 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30439 USER MODELS:
30440 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30441 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30442 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30445 HIDE/SHOW:
30446 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30447 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30448 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30449 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30450 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30453 CODE UPDATING:
30454 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30455 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30456 Limitations:
30457 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30458 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30459 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30460 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30461 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30462 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30463 (used to obtain the port names).
30464 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30465 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30466 sensitivity lists.
30469 CODE FIXING:
30470 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30471 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30474 PRINTING:
30475 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30476 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30477 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30478 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30479 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30480 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30481 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30482 printers.
30485 OPTIONS:
30486 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30487 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30488 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30489 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30490 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30492 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30493 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30494 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30495 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30496 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30497 INSTALL file).
30499 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30500 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30503 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30504 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30505 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30506 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30508 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30511 HINTS:
30512 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30513 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30515 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30517 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30519 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30522 RELEASE NOTES:
30523 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30526 Maintenance:
30527 ------------
30529 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30530 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30532 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30534 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30535 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30536 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30537 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30539 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30540 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30541 where the latest version can be found.
30544 Known problems:
30545 ---------------
30547 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30548 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30549 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30550 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30553 The VHDL Mode Authors
30554 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30556 Key bindings:
30557 -------------
30559 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30561 \(fn)" t nil)
30563 ;;;***
30565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30566 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30567 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30569 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30570 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30572 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30574 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30575 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30576 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30577 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30579 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30581 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30582 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30584 \(fn)" t nil)
30586 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30587 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30588 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30589 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30591 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30593 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30594 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30596 \(fn)" t nil)
30598 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30601 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30603 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30606 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30608 ;;;***
30610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
30611 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30613 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30614 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30615 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30617 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30619 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30620 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30621 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30622 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30624 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30626 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30627 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30629 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30631 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30632 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30633 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30634 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30635 moving around in the buffer.
30636 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30637 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30639 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30641 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30643 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30644 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30645 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30646 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30648 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30649 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30650 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30651 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30652 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30654 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30656 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30658 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30659 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30660 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30661 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30662 buffer.
30664 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30665 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30666 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30667 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30668 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30670 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30672 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30674 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30675 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30676 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30677 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30678 moving around in the buffer.
30679 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30680 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30682 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30684 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30685 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30686 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30688 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30689 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30690 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30691 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30693 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30694 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30695 own View-like bindings.
30697 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30699 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30700 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30701 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30702 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30703 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30704 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30705 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30707 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30709 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30711 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30712 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30713 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30715 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30716 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30717 own View-like bindings.
30719 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30721 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30722 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30723 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30724 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30725 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30726 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30727 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30729 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30731 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30733 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30734 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30735 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30737 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30738 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30739 own View-like bindings.
30741 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30743 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30744 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30746 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30747 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30749 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30750 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30751 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30752 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30754 \\<view-mode-map>
30756 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30757 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30758 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30759 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30760 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30761 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30762 to a repeat count of one.
30764 H, h, ? This message.
30765 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30766 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30767 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30768 > move to the end of buffer.
30769 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30770 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30771 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30772 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30773 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30774 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30775 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30776 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30777 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30778 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30779 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30780 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30781 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30782 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30783 Use this to view a changing file.
30784 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30785 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30786 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30787 . set the mark.
30788 x exchanges point and mark.
30789 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30790 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30791 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30792 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30793 ' go to position saved in character register.
30794 s do forward incremental search.
30795 r do reverse incremental search.
30796 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30797 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30798 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30799 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30800 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30801 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30802 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30803 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30804 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30805 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30806 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30807 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30808 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30809 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30810 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30811 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30812 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30814 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30815 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30816 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30817 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30818 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30819 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30820 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30821 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30822 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30824 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30828 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30829 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30830 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30831 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30832 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30833 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30834 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30835 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30836 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30838 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30840 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30842 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30843 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30844 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30845 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30846 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30847 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30849 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30850 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30851 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30853 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30855 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30857 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30859 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30860 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30862 \(fn)" t nil)
30864 ;;;***
30866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21429 11690 49391
30867 ;;;;;; 0))
30868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30869 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30871 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30872 Toggle Viper on/off.
30873 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30875 \(fn)" t nil)
30877 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30878 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30880 \(fn)" t nil)
30882 ;;;***
30884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
30885 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
30886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30888 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30889 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30890 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30891 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30892 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30893 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30894 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30895 the beginning of the warning.")
30897 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30898 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30899 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30900 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30901 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30902 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30903 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30904 also call that function before the next warning.")
30906 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30907 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30909 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30910 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30911 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30912 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30914 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30915 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30916 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30917 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30918 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30919 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30921 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30922 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30923 Default is :warning.
30925 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30926 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30927 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30928 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30929 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30930 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30932 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30933 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30934 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30936 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30938 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30939 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30941 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30943 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30944 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30945 \\<special-mode-map>
30946 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30947 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30949 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30950 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30951 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30952 can be whatever you like.)
30954 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30955 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30957 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30958 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30959 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30960 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30961 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30963 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30965 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30966 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30967 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30968 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30969 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30971 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30973 ;;;***
30975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30976 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30977 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30979 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30980 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30981 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30982 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30983 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30984 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30985 directories to reflect your edits.
30987 See `wdired-mode'.
30989 \(fn)" t nil)
30991 ;;;***
30993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
30994 ;;;;;; 0))
30995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30997 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30998 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31000 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31001 hotlist.
31003 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31004 <nwv@acm.org>.
31006 \(fn)" t nil)
31008 ;;;***
31010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21187
31011 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
31012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31013 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31014 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31016 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31018 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31019 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31020 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31022 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31023 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31025 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31027 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31028 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31033 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31034 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31035 in certain major modes.
31037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31039 ;;;***
31041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21384 23211 329821
31042 ;;;;;; 0))
31043 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31044 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31046 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31047 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31050 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31052 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31053 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31057 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31058 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31059 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31060 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31061 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31063 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31064 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31065 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31066 use `whitespace-mode'.
31068 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31072 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31073 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31074 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31075 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31076 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31077 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31079 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31081 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31082 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31084 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31085 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31087 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31088 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31092 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31093 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31094 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31095 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31096 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31097 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31099 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31101 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31102 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31104 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31105 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31107 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31108 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31109 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31110 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31112 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31116 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31117 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31119 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31120 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31122 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31123 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31125 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31127 CHAR MEANING
31128 (VIA FACES)
31129 f toggle face visualization
31130 t toggle TAB visualization
31131 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31132 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31133 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31134 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31135 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31136 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31137 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31138 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31139 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31140 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31141 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31142 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31143 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31144 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31145 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31147 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31148 T toggle TAB visualization
31149 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31150 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31152 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31153 ? display brief help
31155 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31156 The valid symbols are:
31158 face toggle face visualization
31159 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31160 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31161 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31162 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31163 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31164 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31165 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31166 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31167 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31168 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31169 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31170 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31171 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31172 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31173 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31174 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31176 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31177 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31178 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31180 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31182 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31184 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31186 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31187 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31189 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31190 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31192 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31193 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31195 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31197 CHAR MEANING
31198 (VIA FACES)
31199 f toggle face visualization
31200 t toggle TAB visualization
31201 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31202 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31203 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31204 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31205 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31206 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31207 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31208 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31209 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31210 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31211 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31212 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31213 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31214 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31215 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31217 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31218 T toggle TAB visualization
31219 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31220 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31222 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31223 ? display brief help
31225 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31226 The valid symbols are:
31228 face toggle face visualization
31229 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31230 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31231 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31232 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31233 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31234 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31235 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31236 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31237 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31238 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31239 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31240 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31241 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31242 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31243 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31244 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31246 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31247 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31248 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31250 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31252 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31254 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31256 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31257 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31259 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31260 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31261 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31262 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31263 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31265 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31267 The problems cleaned up are:
31269 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31270 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31272 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31274 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31275 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31276 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31277 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31278 SPACEs.
31279 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31280 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31282 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31284 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31285 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31286 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31287 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31288 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31289 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31290 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31291 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31293 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31294 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31295 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31297 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31298 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31299 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31300 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31301 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31302 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31303 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31304 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31306 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31307 documentation.
31309 \(fn)" t nil)
31311 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31312 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31314 The problems cleaned up are:
31316 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31317 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31318 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31319 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31320 SPACEs.
31321 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31322 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31323 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31324 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31326 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31327 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31328 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31329 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31330 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31331 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31332 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31333 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31335 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31336 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31337 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31339 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31340 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31341 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31342 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31343 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31344 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31345 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31346 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31348 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31349 documentation.
31351 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31353 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31354 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31356 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31358 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31360 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31361 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31363 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31364 non-nil.
31366 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31367 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31368 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31370 empty
31371 trailing
31372 indentation
31373 space-before-tab
31374 space-after-tab
31376 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31377 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31378 report problems.
31380 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31382 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31383 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31384 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31385 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31386 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31387 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31388 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31390 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31391 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31392 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31393 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31394 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31395 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31396 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31398 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31399 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31400 cleaning up these problems.
31402 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31404 ;;;***
31406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31407 ;;;;;; 0))
31408 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31410 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31411 Browse the widget under point.
31413 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31415 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31416 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31418 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31420 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31421 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31423 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31425 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31426 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31427 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31428 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31429 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31433 ;;;***
31435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21414 44327 790846
31436 ;;;;;; 0))
31437 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31439 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31440 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31442 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31444 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31445 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31446 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31448 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31450 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31451 Create widget of TYPE.
31452 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31454 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31456 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31457 Delete WIDGET.
31459 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31461 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31462 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31464 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31466 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31467 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31468 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31469 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31471 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31472 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31474 \(fn)" nil nil)
31476 ;;;***
31478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31479 ;;;;;; 0))
31480 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31482 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31483 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31484 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31485 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31486 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31487 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31488 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31492 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31493 Select the window above the current one.
31494 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31495 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31496 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31497 negative ARG) of the current window.
31498 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31502 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31503 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31504 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31505 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31506 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31507 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31508 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31512 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31513 Select the window below the current one.
31514 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31515 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31516 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31517 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31518 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31522 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31523 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31524 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31525 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31527 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31529 ;;;***
31531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31532 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31534 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31535 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31536 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31539 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31541 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31543 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31544 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31545 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31546 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31547 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31548 \\{winner-mode-map}
31550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31552 ;;;***
31554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21393 38187 675040 0))
31555 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31556 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31558 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31559 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31560 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31561 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31562 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31564 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31566 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31567 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31568 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31569 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31570 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31571 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31572 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31573 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31575 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31576 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31578 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31580 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31581 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31583 \(fn)" t nil)
31585 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31586 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31587 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31588 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31589 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31590 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31591 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31592 `woman' command for further details.
31594 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31596 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31597 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31599 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31601 ;;;***
31603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31604 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31606 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31607 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31608 Return the top node with all its children.
31609 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31611 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31612 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31613 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31615 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31617 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31618 namespace to URIs instead.
31620 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31621 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31623 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31625 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31627 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31629 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31630 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31631 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31632 not contain well-formed XML.
31634 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31635 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31636 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31637 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31638 element of the list.
31639 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31640 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31641 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31643 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31645 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31646 namespace to URIs instead.
31648 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31649 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31651 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31653 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31655 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31657 ;;;***
31659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 43559 923043
31660 ;;;;;; 0))
31661 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31663 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31664 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31665 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31666 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31667 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31668 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31669 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31670 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31671 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31672 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31674 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31676 ;;;***
31678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21451 38694 880517
31679 ;;;;;; 0))
31680 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31682 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31683 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31684 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31687 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31689 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31691 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31692 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31694 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31695 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31697 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31698 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31699 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31700 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31701 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31702 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31706 ;;;***
31708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31711 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31712 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31714 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31716 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31717 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31719 \(fn)" nil nil)
31721 ;;;***
31723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31726 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31727 Zone out, completely.
31729 \(fn)" t nil)
31731 ;;;***
31733 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obsolete/abbrevlist.el" "obsolete/assoc.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "obsolete/awk-mode.el" "obsolete/bruce.el" "obsolete/cl-compat.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "obsolete/complete.el" "obsolete/crisp.el" "obsolete/cust-print.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "obsolete/erc-hecomplete.el" "obsolete/fast-lock.el" "obsolete/gulp.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-acc.el" "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "obsolete/keyswap.el" "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" "obsolete/ledit.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "obsolete/levents.el" "obsolete/lmenu.el" "obsolete/longlines.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lucid.el" "obsolete/mailpost.el" "obsolete/meese.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mouse-sel.el" "obsolete/old-emacs-lock.el" "obsolete/old-whitespace.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "obsolete/options.el" "obsolete/otodo-mode.el" "obsolete/patcomp.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pc-mode.el" "obsolete/pc-select.el" "obsolete/pgg-def.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-gpg.el" "obsolete/pgg-parse.el" "obsolete/pgg-pgp.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-pgp5.el" "obsolete/pgg.el" "obsolete/rcompile.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "obsolete/resume.el" "obsolete/s-region.el" "obsolete/scribe.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "obsolete/spell.el" "obsolete/sregex.el" "obsolete/sup-mouse.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/sym-comp.el" "obsolete/terminal.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "obsolete/tpu-edt.el" "obsolete/tpu-extras.el" "obsolete/tpu-mapper.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "obsolete/vc-mcvs.el" "obsolete/vi.el" "obsolete/vip.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ws-mode.el" "obsolete/xesam.el" "obsolete/yow.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21508 18595 492383
31957 ;;;;;; 362000))
31959 ;;;***
31961 (provide 'loaddefs)
31962 ;; Local Variables:
31963 ;; version-control: never
31964 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31965 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31966 ;; coding: utf-8
31967 ;; End:
31968 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here